Home ReviewsRefund
Home/Chevrolet/Equinox/Chevrolet Equinox II (2009-2015)/Repair manual/Exterior Lights/Lighting System
Contents Wiring diagrams Section: Exterior Lights All sections

Lighting System Chevrolet Equinox II

Exterior Lights 55 illustrations ~40994 words

Fastener Tightening Specifications

ApplicationSpecification
MetricEnglish
Brake Pedal Position Sensor Bolt9 N.m80 lb in
Front Fog Lamp Screw2 N.m18 lb in
Headlamp Mounting Bolt-Equinox4 N.m35 lb in
Headlamp Mounting Bolt-Terrain4.4 N.m39 lb in
High Mount Stop Lamp Screw2.5 N.m22 lb in
Tail Lamp Nut-Equinox2.5 N.m22 lb in
Tail Lamp Nut-Terrain6.36 N.m56 lb in
Tail Lamp Screw2.5 N.m22 lb in

Fastener Tightening Specifications

Scheme 1

Scheme 1: Headlights And Daytime Running Lamps
Scheme 1: Headlights And Daytime Running Lamps

Scheme 2

Scheme 2: Front Fog Lamps
Scheme 2: Front Fog Lamps

Scheme 3

Scheme 3: Left Park And License Lamps
Scheme 3: Left Park And License Lamps

Scheme 4

Scheme 4: Right Park Lamps
Scheme 4: Right Park Lamps

Scheme 5

Scheme 5: Turn Signals And Stop Lamps
Scheme 5: Turn Signals And Stop Lamps

Scheme 6

Scheme 6: Backup Lamps
Scheme 6: Backup Lamps

Scheme 7

Scheme 7: Interior Light Controls, Air Bag Indication And Footwell Lighting
Scheme 7: Interior Light Controls, Air Bag Indication And Footwell Lighting

Scheme 8

Scheme 8: Headliner and Floor Console Lighting
Scheme 8: Headliner and Floor Console Lighting

Scheme 9

Scheme 9: Dimming Controls And Switch Illumination (1 Of 2)
Scheme 9: Dimming Controls And Switch Illumination (1 Of 2)

Scheme 10

Scheme 10: Shift Lever Position Indicator And Switch Illumination (2 Of 2)
Scheme 10: Shift Lever Position Indicator And Switch Illumination (2 Of 2)

Scheme 11

Scheme 11: Accent Lighting
Scheme 11: Accent Lighting

Diagnostic Code Index

DTCDescription
DTC B096ADTC B096A 01 Hazard Lamps Switch Backlight Circuit Short to Battery DTC B096A 02 Hazard Lamps Switch Backlight Circuit Short to Ground DTC B096A 04 Hazard Lamps Switch Backlight Circuit Open
DTC B1395DTC B1395 03 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Low Voltage DTC B1395 07 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit High Voltage
DTC B1480DTC B1480 02 Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2530DTC B2530 01 Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2530 02 Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2530 04 Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit Open
DTC B2545DTC B2545 01 Backup Lamps Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2545 02 Backup Lamps Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2545 04 Backup Lamps Circuit Open
DTC B2555DTC B2555 02 Passenger Compartment Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2575 or B2699DTC B2575 01 Headlamps Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2575 02 Headlamps Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2575 04 Headlamps Control Circuit Open DTC B2699 01 Right Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2699 02 Right Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2699 04 Right Headlamp Control Circuit Open
DTC B257ADTC B257A 00 Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
DTC B257BDTC B257B 03 Lighting Control Switch Signal Low Voltage DTC B257B 07 Lighting Control Switch Signal High Voltage
DTC B2580DTC B2580 01 Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2580 02 Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2580 04 Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit Open
DTC B2585 or B3867DTC B2585 01 Left Park Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B2585 02 Left Park Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B2585 04 Left Park Lamps Control Circuit Open DTC B3867 01 Right Park Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery DTC B3867 02 Right Park Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3867 04 Right Park Lamps Control Circuit Open
DTC B258ADTC B258A 02 Low Beam Control Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2600DTC B2600 02 Left Daytime Running Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2605DTC B2605 02 Right Daytime Running Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B260ADTC B260A 00 Backlight and Display Dimming Request Circuit Malfunction
DTC B2625DTC B2625 02 Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2645DTC B2645 03 Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low Voltage DTC B2645 07 Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High Voltage
DTC B2652DTC B2652 02 Passenger Compartment Dimming 3 Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B2740DTC B2740 00 Front Fog Lamp Switch Circuit Malfunction
DTC B3596DTC B3596 00 Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
DTC B3600DTC B3600 03 Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit Low Voltage DTC B3600 07 Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit High Voltage
DTC B3650DTC B3650 08 High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
DTC B3806DTC B3806 00 High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
DTC B3881 or B3882DTC B3881 01 Tail Lamp Circuit Short to Battery DTC B3881 02 Tail Lamp Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3881 04 Tail Lamp Circuit Open DTC B3882 01 Right Tail Lamp Circuit Short to Battery DTC B3882 02 Right Tail Lamp Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3882 04 Right Tail Lamp Circuit Open
DTC B3883DTC B3883 01 License Plate Lamp Circuit Short to Battery DTC B3883 02 License Plate Lamp Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3883 04 License Plate Lamp Circuit Open
DTC B3884DTC B3884 02 Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B3887 or B3888DTC B3887 01 Trailer Left Turn Signal Circuit Short to Voltage DTC B3887 02 Trailer Left Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3887 04 Trailer Left Turn Signal Circuit Open DTC B3888 02 Trailer Right Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B388ADTC B388A 02 Trailer Park Lamps Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B3890DTC B3890 02 Trailer Backup Lamps Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B3948 or B3949DTC B3948 02 Left Front Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3949 02 Right Front Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground
DTC B3950 or B3951DTC B3950 02 Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground DTC B3951 02 Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit Short to Ground
DTC C0277 or C0890DTC C0277 06 Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC C0277 07 Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage DTC C0277 09 Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Too Fast Transitions DTC C0277 4B Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Calibration Not Learned DTC C0890 03 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3 Circuit Low Voltage DTC C0890 07 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3 Circuit High Voltage
DTC C0297DTC C0297 02 Brake Applied Output Circuit Short to Ground

DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX

Diagnostic Instructions

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Fault Information

CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Hazard Lamps Switch Backlight CircuitB096A 02B096A 04B096A 01

Circuit/System Description

The body control module (BCM) supplies a voltage reference through the instrument panel cluster dimming voltage reference circuit to the instrument panel cluster lamps dimmer switch. When the dimmer switch is placed in a desired brightness position, reference voltage is applied through the dimmer switch rheostat and the cluster lamps dimmer switch signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM interprets this voltage signal, then applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage to the LED dimming supply circuit to all related interior lamps, illuminating them to the desired level of brightness.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

B096A 01

The BCM detects a short to battery on the LED backlight lamp control circuit.

B096A 02

The BCM detects a short to ground on the LED backlight lamp control circuit.

B096A 04

The BCM detects an open/high resistance on the LED backlight lamp control circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The BCM will not dim or illuminate any LED backlighting supplied by the backlight lamp control circuits.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction ignition cycles have occurred.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

Ignition ON, vary the interior backlighting from dim to full bright by using the dimmer switch. The interior backlighting should dim and then become full bright.

Circuit/System Testing

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 17 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the backlight control circuit terminal 16 and ground.
  4. Ignition ON, vary the interior lamp dimming switch from dim to full bright. The test lamp should dim and then become full bright. If the test lamp is always bright, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for open/high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, replace the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Radio Control Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/entertainment-systems/#cellular-system-entertainment-system-and-navigation-system)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, setup, and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch B+ ReferenceB1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B1395 07
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch SignalB1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B3600 07
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Low Reference1
1. Interior Backlighting Malfunction

The instrument panel dimmer switch is used to increase and decrease the brightness of the interior backlighting components. The instrument panel dimmer switch provides a voltage signal to the body control module (BCM) that will increase as the brightness of the lights are increased and decrease as the brightness of the lights are decreased. The BCM provides B+, low reference, and signal circuits to the instrument panel dimmer switch. When the instrument panel dimmer switch is placed in the desired position, the dimmed voltage setting is applied from the instrument panel dimmer switch through the instrument panel dimmer switch signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM interprets the signal and applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the LED dimming control circuits illuminating the interior backlighting to the requested level of brightness.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Park lamps ON.

DTC B1395 03

  1. The BCM detects a short to ground in the instrument panel dimmer switch B+ circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the F4DA fuse B+ circuit.

DTC B1395 07

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the instrument panel dimmer switch B+ circuit.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets

The interior backlighting defaults to FULL bright.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Diagnostic Aids

The I/P dimmer switch B+ reference circuit is a low current circuit that will not illuminate a test lamp.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch, ignition ON.
  5. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  6. Test for B+ between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than B+ Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If B+
  7. Verify a test lamp does not illuminate between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp does not illuminate
  8. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is greater than 40%. If 40% or less Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 40%
  9. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the B+ circuit terminal 5.
  10. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is less than 30%. If 30% or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 30%
  11. Test or replace the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Courtesy Lamps Control - Terminal 2 X7B1480 0211
Dome Lamps Control222
Center Console Compartment Lamp Ground (LS/LSE)1
Dome/Reading Lamps - Front Overhead Console Left Ground1, 2
Dome/Reading Lamps - Front Overhead Console Right Ground1, 2
Dome/Reading Lamps - Middle Ground1, 2
Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left Ground1
Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right Ground1
1. Courtesy Lamps Malfunction 2. Dome Lamps Malfunction

The body control module (BCM) supplies battery voltage to the front reading lamps, left and right sunshade lamps, and instrument panel compartment lamp via the courtesy lamp control circuit. When the instrument panel compartment or a sunshade mirror is opened, the switch contact close allowing battery voltage to flow illuminating the respective lamps. The front reading lamps are controlled by individual switches that are activated by the operator when additional cabin lighting is required. In the event that any of these courtesy lamps were to remain illuminated for more than 10 minutes with the ignition switch in the OFF position and no doors opened, the BCM will deactivate the courtesy lamp control circuit to prevent total battery discharge.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

The BCM detects a short to ground in the courtesy lamps control circuit.

The BCM will disable the circuit and courtesy lamps controlled by the circuit.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. Each courtesy lamp component controlled by the courtesy lamp control circuit terminal 2 X7 may need to be disconnected to isolate a short to voltage or a short to ground. Use the schematic to identify the following: Each component's control and ground circuit terminals Courtesy lamp components the vehicle is equipped with Component locations on the courtesy lamp control circuit

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connectors at the components listed below. A3L sunshade - left A3R sunshade - right E28 center console compartment lamp - with LS/LSE E37M dome/reading lamps - middle E37EL dome/reading lamps - front overhead console left E37ER dome/reading lamps - front overhead console right
  2. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. A3L sunshade - left terminal A A3R sunshade - right terminal A E28 center console compartment lamp - with LS/LSE terminal 1 E37M dome/reading lamps - middle terminal 1 E37EL dome/reading lamps - front overhead console left terminal A E37ER dome/reading lamps - front overhead console right terminal A
  3. Place both dome/reading lamps - front overhead console switches in the ON position.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Inadvertent Load ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate courtesy lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis)
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions)
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal111B2740 00
Front Fog Lamp Relay ControlB2530 02B2530 04B2530 01
Front Fog Lamp Control111
Fog Lamp - Left Front Ground1
Fog Lamp - Right Front Ground1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Front Fog Lamps Malfunction

The front fog lamp relay is supplied with battery voltage at all times. The front fog lamp switch signal circuit is grounded momentarily by pressing the front fog lamp switch. The body control module (BCM) energizes the front fog lamp relay by applying ground to the front fog lamp relay control circuit. When the front fog lamp relay is energized, the relay switch contacts close and battery voltage is applied through the front fog lamp fuse to the front fog lamp supply voltage circuit which illuminates the front fog lamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Front fog lamps ON.

DTC B2530 01

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the front fog lamp relay control circuit for 5 seconds or greater.

DTC B2530 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the front fog lamp relay control circuit.

DTC B2530 04

The BCM detects an open in the front fog lamp relay control circuit.

The front fog lamps will not operate when the park lamps are ON and the front fog lamp switch is active.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal K7 and B+, ignition ON.
  3. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Front Fog Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Test or replace the X50A fuse block - underhood.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F20DA Fuse B+B2545 01, B2545 04B2545 01, B2545 04
Backup Lamps ControlB2545 02B2545 01, B2545 04B2545 01
Backup Lamp - Left Ground1
Backup Lamp - Right Ground1
1. Backup Lamps Malfunction

When the transmission is placed in the reverse position, the transmission control module (TCM) sends a serial data message to the body control module (BCM). The message indicates that the gear selector is in the reverse position. The BCM applies battery voltage to the backup lamps and inside rearview mirror. The backup lamps are permanently grounded. Once the driver moves the gear selector out of the reverse position, a message is sent by the TCM via serial data requesting the BCM to remove battery voltage from the backup lamps control circuit.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Engine ON.
  3. Transmission placed in REVERSE gear.

DTC B2545 01 and B2545 04

  1. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the backup lamps control circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the F20DA fuse B+ circuit.

DTC B2545 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the backup lamps control circuit.

The backup lamps will not operate.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 4 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E5 backup lamp.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  7. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Backup Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Test or replace the appropriate E5 backup lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Dome Lamp Control111
Dome Lamp Switch Cancel SignalB2555 0211
Dome Lamp Switch ON SignalB2555 0211
Dome Lamps Switch Ground1
1. Dome Lamps Malfunction

The dome lamp switch has 3 positions: DOOR, OFF, and ON. The ON position provides a ground for continuous operation and the dome lamp will remain illuminated until the switch is placed in either the DOOR or OFF position. When in the DOOR position, the dome lamp operation is controlled by the body control module (BCM). When any door is opened, the door ajar switch contacts close and the BCM receives a door-open input. The BCM illuminates the dome lamp when any door is opened or a door lock/unlock request is activated with the key fob. After all doors have been closed, the dome lamp will remain illuminated approximately 3 seconds after the last door closes. When the driver places the dome lamp switch in the OFF position, the dome lamp will be disabled. In the event that the dome lamp were to remain illuminated for more than 10 minutes with the ignition switch in the OFF position and no doors opened, the BCM will deactivate the dome lamp control circuit to prevent total battery discharge.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

  1. The BCM detects a short to ground in the dome lamp switch Cancel signal circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground in the dome lamp switch ON signal circuit.

The dome lamps cannot be turned off when any door is in the open or ajar position.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S12 dome lamp switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Interior/Courtesy Lighting Master Switch parameter is Door. If Cancel Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If On Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Door
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 and the ground circuit terminal 1.
  6. Verify the scan tool Interior/Courtesy Lighting Master Switch parameter is Cancel. If not Cancel Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Cancel
  7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the ground circuit terminal 1.
  8. Verify the scan tool Interior/Courtesy Lighting Master Switch parameter is On. If not On Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If On
  9. Test or replace the S12 dome lamp switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F8DA Fuse B+11
F30DA Fuse B+11
Low Beam Headlamp Control - LeftB2575 02B2575 01, B2575 041
Low Beam Headlamp Control - RightB2699 02B2699 01, B2699 041
Headlamp Ground - Left1
Headlamp Ground - Right1
1. Headlamps Malfunction

With the headlamp switch in the ON position, the headlamp switch headlamp ON signal circuit is grounded through the headlamp switch. The body control module (BCM) responds by applying battery positive voltage to the left and right low beam headlamp control circuits illuminating the low beam headlamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Low beam headlamps ON.

DTC B2575 01 and B2575 04

The BCM detects a short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the left low beam headlamp control circuit.

DTC B2575 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the left low beam headlamp control circuit.

DTC B2699 01 and B2699 04

The BCM detects a short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the right low beam headlamp control circuit.

DTC B2699 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the right low beam headlamp control circuit.

  1. When DTC B2575 sets, the left low beam headlamp will be inoperative.
  2. When DTC B2699 sets, the right low beam headlamp will be inoperative.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E4 headlamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Headlamp Low Beam test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate E4 headlamp bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of the diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Headlamp Switch Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
Headlamp Switch Headlamps OFF SignalB257A 0011
Headlamp Switch Headlamps ON SignalB257A 0011
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Headlamps Malfunction 2. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction

For headlamp operation, the body control module (BCM) monitors three signal circuits from the turn signal/multifunction switch. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is in the AUTO position, the three signal circuits are unaffected and the BCM relies on the ambient light sensor input to turn the headlamps and daytime running lamps (DRLs) ON and OFF. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the OFF position, the headlamp switch headlamps OFF signal circuit is grounded, indicating to the BCM that the exterior lamps should be turned OFF. With the turn signal/multifunction switch in the PARK LAMPS position, the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit is grounded, indicating that the park lamps have been requested. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is in the HEADLAMP position, both the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit and the headlamp switch headlamps ON signal circuit are grounded. The BCM responds by commanding the park lamps and headlamps ON.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

  1. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground in the headlamp switch headlamps ON signal circuit.
  3. The BCM detects a short to ground in the headlamp switch headlamps OFF signal circuit.
  1. When DTC B257A 00 is present on the headlamp switch headlamps OFF signal circuit, the low beam headlamps are always ON in the AUTO position. The headlamp switch operates in all positions other than AUTO. The AUTO headlamp defeat is inoperative.
  2. When DTC B257A 00 is present on the headlamp switch headlamps ON signal circuit, the low beam headlamps are always ON. The BCM disregards all headlamp switch inputs.
  3. When DTC B257A 00 is present on the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit, the park lamps and low beam headlamps are inoperative in the PARK and HEAD positions. Headlamps and park lamps operate in AUTO position.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Automatic Headlamps Disable Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Automatic Headlamps Disable Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  8. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 7 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  9. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  10. Verify the scan tool Headlamps On Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  11. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  12. Verify the scan tool Headlamps On Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  13. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Dimming 5 V ReferenceB257B 03*B257B 03*
Instrument Panel Lamps Dimmer Switch SignalB257B 03*B257B 03*B257B 07*
* Interior Backlighting at Full Intensity and Cannot be Dimmed.

The body control module (BCM) supplies a reference voltage to the backlight dimmer switch. When the backlight dimmer switch is placed in a desired brightness position, reference voltage is applied through the backlight dimmer switch rheostat to the BCM. The BCM interprets this voltage signal, then applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage to the LED dimming supply circuit to all related interior lamps, illuminating them to the desired level of brightness.

The ignition is ON.

B257B 03

The BCM detects a voltage that is lower than 0.3 V on the dimming voltage circuit.

B257B 07

The BCM detects a voltage that is greater than 5.2 V on dimming voltage circuit.

The BCM will not dim or illuminate any LED backlighting supplied by the backlight lamp control circuits.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, switch ON exterior lighting, vary the interior backlight from dim to full bright by using the dimmer switch. The interior backlighting should dim and then become full bright.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.
  2. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  3. Ignition ON, test for less than 0.3 V between dimming signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the dimming signal circuit terminal 9 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the voltage reference circuit terminal 5. The interior backlighting should now be dimmed. If the interior backlighting is not dimmed, test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, replace the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, setup, and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Headlamp High Beam Relay ControlB2580 02, B2580 04B2580 02, B2580 04B2580 01
High Beam Headlamp Control - Left111
High Beam Headlamp Control - Right111
Headlamp Ground - Left1
Headlamp Ground - Right1
1. Headlamps Malfunction

The high beam and flash to pass functions are contained within the turn signal/multifunction switch. The BCM provides the turn signal/multifunction switch with two signal circuits, the high beam signal circuit and the flash to pass signal circuit. When the low beam headlamps are ON and the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the high beam position, ground is applied to the BCM through the high beam signal circuit. The BCM responds to the high beam request by applying ground to the high beam relay control circuit which energizes the high beam relay. With the high beam relay energized, the switch contacts close allowing battery voltage to flow through the high beam fuses to the high beam control circuits illuminating the high beam headlamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. High beam headlamps ON.

DTC B2580 01

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the headlamp high beam relay control circuit.

DTC B2580 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the headlamp high beam relay control circuit.

DTC B2580 04

The BCM detects an open in the headlamp high beam relay control circuit.

The high beam headlamps and flash to pass will not operate.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the KR48 headlamp high beam relay.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 85 and B+, ignition ON.
  3. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the High Beams ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Test or replace the KR48 headlamp high beam relay.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions__relay-replacement-within-an-electrical-center) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F6DA Fuse B+B3867 01, B3867 04B3867 01, B3867 04
F16DA Fuse B+B2585 01, B2585 04B2585 01, B2585 04
Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
License Plate Lamp ControlB3883 02B3883 01, B3883 04B3883 01
Park Lamps Control - LeftB2585 02B2585 01, B2585 04B2585 01, B2585 04
Park Lamps Control - RightB3867 02B3867 01, B3867 04B3867 01, B3867 04
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground2
License Plate Lamp Ground - LeftB3883 01, B3883 04
License Plate Lamp Ground - RightB3883 01, B3883 04
Park Lamp Ground - Left Front1
Park Lamp Ground - Right Front1
Side Marker Lamp Ground - Left Front1
Side Marker Lamp Ground - Right Front1
Tail Lamp Ground - Left1
Tail Lamp Ground - Right1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamps Ground - Left1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamps Ground - Right1
1. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction 2. Park Lamp Switch Malfunction

When the headlamp switch is placed in either the HEAD or PARK position, ground is applied to the park lamp signal circuit to the body control module (BCM). The BCM responds by applying voltage to the park lamps, tail lamps, and license lamps control circuits illuminating the park, tail, side marker, and license lamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Park lamps ON.

DTC B2585 01 and B2585 04

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the left park lamps control circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the F16DA fuse B+ circuit.

DTC B2585 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the left park lamps control circuit.

DTC B3867 01 and B3867 04

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the right park lamps control circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the F6DA fuse B+ circuit.

DTC B3867 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the right park lamps control circuit.

DTC B2585 01

The left park lamps are always ON.

DTC B2585 02 and B2585 04

The left park lamps are always OFF.

DTC B3867 01

The right park lamps are always ON.

DTC B3867 02 and B3867 04

The right park lamps are always OFF.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

DTC B2585

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 3 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate left park lamp.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. E4N park/turn signal lamp - left terminal G E2LF side marker lamp - left front terminal B E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal G E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal B - GMC E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal B - GMC E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal B - Chevrolet If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. E4N park/turn signal lamp - left terminal B E2LF side marker lamp - left front terminal A E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal B E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal A - GMC E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal A - GMC E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal A - Chevrolet
  7. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Left Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Test or replace the appropriate left park lamp.

DTC B3867

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 4 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate right park lamp.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. E4P park/turn signal lamp - right terminal G E2RF side marker lamp - right front terminal B E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal G E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal B - GMC E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal B - GMC E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal B - Chevrolet If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. E4P park/turn signal lamp - right terminal B E2RF side marker lamp - right front terminal A E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal B E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal A - GMC E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal A - GMC E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal A - Chevrolet
  7. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Right Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module. X4 - right front park lamps X5 - right rear park lamps Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. X4 - right front park lamps X5 - right rear park lamps Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Test or replace the appropriate right park lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  6. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Low Beam ControlB258A 0211
1. Low Beam Malfunction

The headlamp switch signal circuit is grounded by turning the headlamp switch. The body control module (BCM) energizes the headlamp low beams by applying battery voltage.

The headlamp switch in OFF or AUTO position.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

Headlamp low beam malfunction.

The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, command the appropriate Headlamp Low Beam On and OFF with a scan tool. The low beam headlamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E4 low beam headlamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and the ground circuit terminal B.
  4. Command Headlamp Low Beam ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the E4 low beam headlamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, setup and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Left Daytime Running Lamps ControlB2600 0221
1. Left Daytime Running Lamps Always ON 2. Left Daytime Running Lamps Always OFF

When the headlight switch is placed in low beam position, the body control module (BCM) applies a voltage to the head lamps through there respective voltage supply circuits.

The engine is running, headlamp switch in AUTO position, and the ambient light is day.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

The left daytime running lamp is inoperative.

The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, command the Low Beam Relay Command ON and OFF with a scan tool. The low beam headlamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the E4G Headlamp-Left Low Beam.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the E4G Headlamp-Left Low Beam ground circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the E4G Headlamp-Left Low Beam control circuit terminal A and ground.
  4. Command the Low Beam Relay Command ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the Signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all the circuits test normal, replace the E4G Headlamp-Left Low Beam.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for headlamp control module and BCM replacement, setup, and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Right Daytime Running Lamps ControlB2605 0221
1. Right Daytime Running Lamps Always ON 2. Right Daytime Running Lamps Always OFF

When the headlight switch is placed in low beam position, the body control module (BCM) applies a voltage to the head lamps through there respective voltage supply circuits.

The engine is running, headlamp switch in AUTO position, and the ambient light is day.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

The right daytime running lamp is inoperative.

The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, command the Low Beam Relay Command ON and OFF with a scan tool. The low beam headlamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the E4H Headlamp-Right Low Beam.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the E4H Headlamp-Right Low Beam ground circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the E4H Headlamp-Right Low Beam control circuit terminal A and ground.
  4. Command the Low Beam Relay Command ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the Signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all the circuits test normal, replace the E4H Headlamp-Right Low Beam.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for headlamp control module and BCM replacement, setup, and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Backlight and Display Dimming Request SignalB260A

The body control module (BCM) supplies a reference voltage to the backlight dimmer switch, which is part of the headlamp switch. When the backlight dimmer switch is placed in a desired brightness position, reference voltage is applied through the backlight dimmer switch rheostat to the BCM. The BCM interprets this voltage signal, then applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage to the LED dimming supply circuit to all related interior lamps, illuminating them to the desired level of brightness.

The ignition is ON.

The BCM detects the instrument panel dimmer switch is ON for greater than 60 seconds.

The BCM will not dim or illuminate any LED backlighting supplied by the backlight lamp control circuits.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, switch ON exterior lighting, vary the interior backlight from dim to full bright by using the dimmer switch. The interior backlighting should dim and then become full bright.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.
  2. Ignition OFF, test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  4. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command is less than 5%. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 9 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command is greater than 95%. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, setup, and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Interior Backlighting ControlB2625 0221
1. Appropriate Switch at Full Intensity And Cannot be Dimmed or Turned OFF 2. Appropriate Switch Backlighting do Not Illuminate

The body control module (BCM) supplies a reference voltage to the backlight dimmer switch. When the backlight dimmer switch is placed in a desired brightness position, reference voltage is applied through the backlight dimmer switch rheostat to the BCM. The BCM interprets this voltage signal, then applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the backlight lamp control circuit, and the LED dimming control circuit illuminating the LEDs and the components.

The ignition is ON.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the LED dimming control circuit.

The BCM will not attempt to illuminate the LED indicator lamps when a short circuit to ground is detected.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, switch ON exterior lighting, vary the interior backlight from dim to full bright by using the dimmer switch. The LEDs should dim and then become full bright.

Note. Each backlighted component may need to be disconnected to isolate a short to voltage or short to ground. Use the schematic to identify the following: Backlighted components the vehicle is equipped with. Component locations on the backlighting dimming control circuit Each component's control and ground circuit terminals

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at any component with inoperative backlighting.
  2. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, interior lamps OFF, doors CLOSED, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit and ground. If greater than the specified value, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit and ground.
  4. Command the Incandescent Dimming ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the component with the inoperative backlighting.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for BCM replacement, setup, and programming

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ambient Light Sensor SignalB2645 03B2645 07B2645 07
Low Beam Headlamp Control - LeftB2575 02B2575 04B2575 01, B2575 04
Low Beam Headlamp Control - RightB2699 02B2699 04B2699 01, B2699 04
Ambient Light Sensor Low ReferenceB2645 07
Headlamp Ground - Left1
Headlamp Ground - Right1
1. Headlamps Malfunction

The ambient light sensor is used to monitor outside lighting conditions. The body control module (BCM) provides a 5-volt reference signal to the ambient light sensor. Depending on outside lighting conditions, the ambient light sensor provides a voltage signal to the BCM that will vary between 0.2 and 4.9 volts. The BCM monitors the ambient light sensor signal circuit to determine if outside lighting conditions are correct for either daytime running lights (DRL) or automatic headlamp system control when the headlamp switch is in the AUTO position. In daylight conditions, the BCM will command the DRLs ON by applying voltage to the DRL control circuits illuminating the DRLs. Any function or condition that turns on the headlamps will cancel DRL operation.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

DTC B2645 03

The BCM detects a short to ground in the ambient light sensor signal circuit.

DTC B2645 07

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the ambient light sensor signal circuit.
  2. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the ambient light sensor low reference circuit.
  1. Automatic headlamp system and daytime running lamps are inoperative.
  2. The BCM defaults to low light status and commands the low beam headlamps ON.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, open and close drivers door, disconnect the harness connector at the B10B ambient light/sunload sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K33 HVAC control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K33 HVAC control module. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Ambient Light Sensor parameter is greater than 4.65 V. If 4.65 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 4.65 V
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 5 and the low reference circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Ambient Light Sensor parameter is less than 0.196 V. If 0.196 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 0.196 V
  7. Test or replace the B10B ambient light/sunload sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM or HVAC control module replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Interior Accent Light ControlB2652 0221
1. Interior Accent Light at Full Intensity and Does Not Dim 2. Interior Accent Light do Not Illuminate

The body control module (BCM) uses the ambient light sensor to determine which brightness of the accent lighting is needed. The BCM applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the accent light LED control circuit, daylight conditions 70%, night conditions 40% and as welcome light 100% illumination.

  1. The ignition is ON.
  2. The headlamps or park lamps ON.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the accent lighting control circuit.

The BCM does not attempt to illuminate the accent lighting.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

When opening the driver door, the ambient illumination should go ON. When closing the driver door and locking the vehicle, the accent light illumination should go OFF after 5 seconds.

Note. Each back lighted component may need to be disconnected to isolate a short to voltage or short to ground. Use the schematic to identify the following: Back lighted components the vehicle is equipped with. Component locations on the back lighting dimming control circuit Each component's control and ground circuit terminals

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at any component with inoperative backlighting.
  2. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, interior lamps OFF, doors CLOSED, test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit and ground.
  4. Command the Incandescent Dimming ON and OFF with a scan tool. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the component with the inoperative backlighting.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Control Module References for BCM replacement, setup, and programming

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal111B2740 00
Front Fog Lamp Relay ControlB2530 02B2530 04B2530 01
Front Fog Lamp Control111
Fog Lamp - Left Front Ground1
Fog Lamp - Right Front Ground1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Front Fog Lamps Malfunction

The front fog lamp relay is supplied with battery voltage at all times. The front fog lamp switch signal circuit is grounded momentarily by pressing the front fog lamp switch. The body control module (BCM) energizes the front fog lamp relay by applying ground to the front fog lamp relay control circuit. When the front fog lamp relay is energized, the relay switch contacts close and battery voltage is applied through the front fog lamp fuse to the front fog lamp supply voltage circuit which illuminates the front fog lamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Front fog lamps ON.

The front fog lamp switch input is Active for longer than 60 seconds.

The front fog lamps are inoperative.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Front Fog Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
  6. Verify the scan tool Front Fog Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Hazard Warning Switch Signal111B3596 00
Hazard Warning Switch Ground1
1. Hazard Lamps Malfunction

The hazard flashers may be activated in any power mode. The hazard warning switch signal circuit is momentarily grounded when the hazard warning switch is pressed. The body control module (BCM) responds to the hazard warning switch signal input by supplying battery voltage to all four turn signal lamps in an ON and OFF duty cycle. When the hazard warning switch is activated, the BCM sends a serial data message to the instrument cluster requesting both turn signal indicators to be cycled ON and OFF.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Hazard lamps ON.

The hazard warning switch input is Active for longer than 60 seconds.

The hazard lamps are inoperative.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 17 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Hazard Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground.
  6. Verify the scan tool Hazard Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Radio Control Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/entertainment-systems/#cellular-system-entertainment-system-and-navigation-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch B+ ReferenceB1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B1395 07
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch SignalB1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B3600 07
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Low Reference1
1. Interior Backlighting Malfunction

The instrument panel dimmer switch is used to increase and decrease the brightness of the interior backlighting components. The instrument panel dimmer switch provides a voltage signal to the body control module (BCM) that will increase as the brightness of the lights are increased and decrease as the brightness of the lights are decreased. The BCM provides B+, low reference, and signal circuits to the instrument panel dimmer switch. When the instrument panel dimmer switch is placed in the desired position, the dimmed voltage setting is applied from the instrument panel dimmer switch through the instrument panel dimmer switch signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM interprets the signal and applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the LED dimming control circuits illuminating the interior backlighting to the requested level of brightness.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Park lamps ON.

DTC B3600 03

  1. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the I/P dimmer switch B+ reference circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the I/P dimmer switch signal circuit.

DTC B3600 07

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the I/P dimmer switch signal circuit.

The interior backlighting defaults to FULL bright.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

The I/P dimmer switch B+ reference circuit is a low current circuit that will not illuminate a test lamp.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Test for B+ between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than B+ Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If B+
  4. Verify a test lamp does not illuminate between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp does not illuminate
  5. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is greater than 40%. If 40% or less Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 40%
  6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the B+ circuit terminal 5.
  7. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is less than 30%. If 30% or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 30%
  8. Test or replace the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM, replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Headlamp Switch Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
Headlamp Switch Headlamps OFF SignalB257A 0011
Headlamp Switch Headlamps ON SignalB257A 0011
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Flash To Pass SignalB3806 0011
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch High Beam SignalB3650 0811
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Headlamps Malfunction 2. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction

When the low beam headlamps are on and the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the high beam position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through the high beam signal circuit. The BCM responds to the high beam request by applying ground to the high beam relay control circuit which energizes the high beam relay. With the high beam relay energized, the switch contacts close allowing battery voltage to flow through the high beam fuses to the high beam control circuits illuminating the high beam headlamps.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

The BCM detects a short to ground in the turn signal/multifunction switch high beam signal circuit.

The high beam headlamps will not operate.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool High Beam Select Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 11 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool High Beam Select Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Headlamp Switch Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
Headlamp Switch Headlamps OFF SignalB257A 0011
Headlamp Switch Headlamps ON SignalB257A 0011
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Flash To Pass SignalB3806 0011
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch High Beam SignalB3650 0811
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Headlamps Malfunction 2. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction

When the turn signal/multifunction switch is momentarily placed in the flash to pass position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through the flash to pass signal circuit. The BCM responds to the flash to pass request by applying ground to the high beam relay control circuit which energizes the high beam relay. With the high beam relay energized, the switch contacts close allowing battery voltage to flow through the high beam fuses to the high beam control circuits illuminating the high beam headlamps. The high beam headlamps will only illuminate for as long at the flash to pass switch is activated.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

The BCM detects a short to ground in the turn signal/multifunction switch flash to pass signal circuit.

The high beam lamps and the high beam indicator on the instrument cluster are always ON.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Headlamps Flash Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 12 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 12 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Headlamps Flash Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 12 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Headlamp Switch Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - LeftB3881 02B3881 04B3881 01
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - RightB3882 02B3882 04B3882 01
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Ground - Left1
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Ground - Right1
1. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction 2. Park Lamp Switch Malfunction

When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the HEAD or PARK position, ground is applied to the park lamp switch ON signal circuit to the body control module (BCM). The BCM responds by applying voltage to the park lamps, tail lamps, and license lamps control circuits illuminating the park, tail, and license lamps.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Park lamps ON.

DTC B3881 01

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the left rear tail lamp control circuit.

DTC B3881 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the left rear tail lamp control circuit.

DTC B3881 04

The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the left rear tail lamp control circuit.

DTC B3882 01

The BCM detects a short to voltage in the right rear tail lamp control circuit.

DTC B3882 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the right rear tail lamp control circuit.

DTC B3882 04

The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the right rear tail lamp control circuit.

The appropriate tail lamp will not operate.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

DTC B3881

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latched, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E2L side marker lamp - left or E5 stop/tail lamp - left.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal B E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal G E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal B E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal B If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal A E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal B E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal A E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal A
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Left Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate tail/stop/marker lamp - left.

DTC B3882

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latched, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E2R side marker lamp - right or E5 stop/tail lamp - right.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal B E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal G E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal B E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal B If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal A E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal B E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal A E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal A
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Right Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate tail/stop/marker lamp - right.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B3883 01, B3883 04B3883 01, B3883 04
License Plate Lamp ControlB3883 02B3883 01, B3883 04B3883 01
License Plate Lamp Ground - RightB3883 01, B3883 04
License Plate Lamp Ground - LeftB3883 01, B3883 04

When the headlamp switch is placed in the HEAD or PARK position, ground is applied to the park lamp switch ON signal circuit to the body control module (BCM). The BCM responds by applying voltage to the park lamps, tail lamps, and license lamps control circuits illuminating the park, tail, and license lamps.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

DTC B3883 01

Headlamp switch in OFF position.

DTC B3883 02 or B3883 04

Headlamp switch in PARK or ON positions.

DTC B3883 01

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage in the license lamps control circuit.
  2. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the license lamps ground circuit.
  3. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the F4DA fuse B+ circuit.

DTC B3883 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the license lamps control circuit.

DTC B3883 04

  1. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the license lamps control circuit.
  2. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the license lamps ground circuit.

DTC B3883 01

License lamps always ON.

DTC B3883 02 or B3883 04

License lamps inoperative.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, remove both E7 license plate lamp bulbs.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between each ground circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Connect a test lamp between the E7L license plate lamp - left control circuit terminal 1 and ground, ignition ON.
  7. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the License Plate Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Ignition OFF.
  9. Connect a test lamp between the E7R license plate lamp - right control circuit terminal 1 and ground, ignition ON.
  10. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the License Plate Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  11. Test or replace the appropriate E7 license plate lamp bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ControlB3884 0211
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Ground1
1. Stop Lamps Malfunction

The brake pedal position sensor is used to sense the action of the driver application of the brake pedal. The brake pedal position sensor provides an analog voltage signal that will increase as the brake pedal is applied. The body control module (BCM) provides a low reference signal and a 5 V reference voltage to the brake pedal position sensor. When the variable signal reaches a voltage threshold indicating the brakes have been applied, the BCM will apply battery voltage to the right and left stop lamp control circuits, engine control module (ECM), and center high mounted stop lamp control circuit.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Brakes APPLIED.

The BCM detects a short to ground in the center high mounted stop lamp control circuit.

The BCM will not illuminate the center high mounted stop lamp.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the E6 center high mounted stop lamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal A and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal B and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Center Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E6 center high mounted stop lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Trailer Left Turn SignalB3887 02B3887 04B3887 01
Trailer Right Turn SignalB3888 0211
1. Trailer Right Turn Signal Malfunction

Ground is applied at all times to the turn signal/multifunction switch. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in either the turn right or turn left position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through either the right turn or left turn signal switch signal circuit. The BCM then applies a voltage to the appropriate trailer turn signal lamps through their respective relays.

The appropriate trailer turn signal is active.

B3887 01

The BCM detects a short to voltage on the control circuits.

B3887 02 or B3888 02

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

B3887 04

The BCM detects an open control circuit.

The appropriate trailer turn signal lamp is inoperative.

The condition for setting the DTC is not longer present.

The appropriate trailer turn signal lamp is inoperative.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, turn the trailer turn signal lamps ON and OFF by turning the turn signal/multi-function switch between the left turn and right turn positions. The trailer turn signal lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the selected states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal listed below and B+. Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp Right - Terminal A7 Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp Left - Terminal A6
  3. Switch the turn signal/multi-function switch between the left turn and right turn positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the selected states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace K9 BCM.
  4. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the X88 Trailer Connector ground circuit terminal D and ground If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  6. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal listed below and ground. Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp Right - Terminal C Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp Left - Terminal B
  7. Switch the turn signal/multi-function switch between the left turn and right turn positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the selected states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is good, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is open, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector.
  8. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the X50A underhood fuse block.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for trailer lighting converter replacement, setup and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Trailer Park Lamps ControlB388A 0211
1. Trailer Park Lamps Malfunction

The trailer park lamps are turned ON when the headlamp switch is placed in the PARKING LIGHT or LOW BEAM position or anytime the headlights are requested. When the body control module (BCM) receives a request from the headlamp switch to turn ON the park lamps the BCM sends out a PWM signal, which illuminates the trailer park lamps.

The appropriate trailer park lamp signal is active.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.

The appropriate trailer park lamp is inoperative.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Ignition ON, turn the headlamp switch between the OFF and park light positions. The trailer park lamps should turn ON and OFF when changing between the selected states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal K1 and B+.
  3. Turn the headlamp switch between the OFF and park light positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace K9 BCM.
  4. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the X88 Trailer Connector ground circuit terminal D and ground If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  6. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal B and ground.
  7. Turn the headlamp switch between the OFF and park light positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is good, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is open, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector.
  8. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the X50A underhood fuse block.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for trailer lighting converter replacement, setup and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Trailer Backup LampsB3890 0211
1. Trailer Backup Lamps Malfunction

When the transmission is placed in the reverse position, the engine control module (ECM) sends a serial data message to the body control module (BCM). The message indicates that the gear selector is in the reverse position. The BCM then applies a voltage to the trailer backup lamps through their supply circuit.

The appropriate trailer backup lamp signal is active.

The BCM detects a short to ground on the control circuit.

The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.

The appropriate trailer backup lamp is inoperative.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Engine running, shift the transmission into and out of the reverse position. The trailer backup lamps should turn ON and OFF when shifting between the commanded states.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal K1 and B+.
  3. Turn the headlamp switch between the OFF and park light positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K9 BCM. If the test lamp is always OFF, test the control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace K9 BCM.
  4. Ignition OFF, connect the X2 harness connector at the X50A underhood fuse block.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the X88 Trailer Connector ground circuit terminal D and ground If greater than the specified range, test the ground circuit for an open/high resistance.
  6. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal B and ground.
  7. Turn the headlamp switch between the OFF and park light positions. The test lamp should turn ON and OFF when changing between the commanded states. If the test lamp is always ON, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is good, test the control circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector. If the test lamp is always OFF and the circuit fuse is open, test the control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, test or replace the X88 Trailer Connector.
  8. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the X50A underhood fuse block.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for trailer lighting converter replacement, setup and programming
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Left111
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Right111
Turn Signal Control - Left FrontB3948 02B3948 04B3948 01, B3948 04
Turn Signal Control - Left RearB3950 02B3950 04B3950 01, B3950 04
Turn Signal Control - Right FrontB3949 02B3949 04B3949 01, B3949 04
Turn Signal Control - Right RearB3951 02B3951 04B3951 01, B3951 04
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left FrontB3948 01, B3948 04
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right FrontB3949 01, B3949 04
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left RearB3950 01, B3950 04
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right RearB3951 01, B3951 04
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction

Ground is applied at all times to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal lamps may only be activated with the ignition switch in the ON or START positions. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in either the turn right or turn left position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through either the right turn or left turn signal switch signal circuit. The BCM responds to the turn signal switch input by applying a pulsating voltage to the front and rear turn signal lamps through there respective control circuits. When a turn signal request is received by the BCM, a serial data message is sent to the instrument cluster requesting the respective turn signal indicator be pulsed ON and OFF.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

DTC B3948 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the left front turn signal control circuit.

DTC B3949 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the right front turn signal control circuit.

DTC B3948

  1. The left front turn signal is inoperative.
  2. The left turn signal indicator on the instrument cluster flashes rapidly.

DTC B3949

  1. The right front turn signal is inoperative.
  2. The right turn signal indicator on the instrument cluster flashes rapidly.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

DTC B3948

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the E4N park/turn signal lamp - left.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Left Front Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E4N park/turn signal lamp - left.

DTC B3949

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the E4P park/turn signal lamp - right.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Right Front Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E4P park/turn signal lamp - right.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Left111
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Right111
Turn Signal Control - Left FrontB3948 02B3948 04B3948 01, B3948 04
Turn Signal Control - Left RearB3950 02B3950 04B3950 01, B3950 04
Turn Signal Control - Right FrontB3949 02B3949 04B3949 01, B3949 04
Turn Signal Control - Right RearB3951 02B3951 04B3951 01, B3951 04
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left FrontB3948 01, B3948 04
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right FrontB3949 01, B3949 04
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left RearB3950 01, B3950 04
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right RearB3951 01, B3951 04
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground1
1. Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction

Ground is applied at all times to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal lamps may only be activated with the ignition switch in the ON or START positions. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in either the turn right or turn left position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through either the right turn or left turn signal switch signal circuit. The BCM responds to the turn signal switch input by applying a pulsating voltage to the front and rear turn signal lamps through there respective control circuits. When a turn signal request is received by the BCM, a serial data message is sent to the instrument cluster requesting the respective turn signal indicator be pulsed ON and OFF.

Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.

DTC B3950 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the left rear turn signal control circuit.

DTC B3951 02

The BCM detects a short to ground in the right rear turn signal control circuit.

DTC B3950

  1. The left rear turn signal is inoperative.
  2. The left turn signal indicator on the instrument cluster flashes rapidly.

DTC B3951

  1. The right rear turn signal is inoperative.
  2. The right turn signal indicator on the instrument cluster flashes rapidly.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

DTC B3950

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left.

DTC B3951

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Brake Pedal Position Sensor 5 V ReferenceC0277 06, C0890 03C0277 06C0277 07, C0890 07
Brake Pedal Position Sensor SignalC0277 06C0277 06C0277 07, C0890 07C0277 09
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ControlB3884 0222
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - LeftB3881 02B3881 04B3881 01
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - RightB3882 02B3882 04B3882 01
Brake Pedal Position Sensor Low ReferenceC0277 071
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Ground2
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right1
1. Stop Lamps Malfunction 2. Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Malfunction

The brake pedal position (BPP) sensor is used to sense the action of the driver application of the brake pedal. The BPP sensor provides an analog voltage signal that will increase as the brake pedal is applied. The body control module (BCM) provides a low reference signal and a 5-volt reference voltage to the BPP sensor. When the variable signal reaches a voltage threshold indicating the brakes have been applied, the BCM will apply battery voltage to the left and right stop lamp control circuits as well as the center high mounted stop lamp (CHMSL) control circuit illuminating the left and right stop lamps and the CHMSL.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Brakes APPLIED.

DTC C0277 06

  1. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the BPP sensor 5 V reference circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the BPP sensor signal circuit.

DTC C0277 07

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage in the BPP sensor 5 V reference circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to voltage in the BPP sensor signal circuit.
  3. The BCM detects an open/high resistance in the BPP sensor low reference circuit.

DTC C0277 09

The BCM detects the BPP sensor signal is changing faster than possible under normal operating conditions.

DTC C0277 4B

The DTC will set when the BPP sensor home position is not learned.

DTC C0890 03

The BCM detects a short to ground in the BPP sensor 5 V reference circuit.

DTC C0890 07

  1. The BCM detects a short to voltage in the BPP sensor 5 V reference circuit.
  2. The BCM detects a short to voltage in the BPP sensor low reference circuit.
  1. The Traction Control indicator is commanded ON.
  2. For DTC C0277 4B, the stop lamps may not activate at the expected brake pedal positions.
  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. For DTC C0277 07 the ignition must be cycled before the code can be cleared.
  3. For DTC C0277 4B a successful brake pedal position sensor calibration has been performed.
  4. A history DTC will clear once 50 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
  5. A DTC will not clear the current status until the next ignition cycle.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

DTC C0277 06, C0277 07, C0890 03, and C0890 07

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B22 brake pedal position sensor, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  5. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Applied parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 1 and the signal circuit terminal 3.
  7. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Applied parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  8. Test or replace the B22 brake pedal position sensor.

DTC C0277 4B

  1. Verify DTC C0277 4B is not set. If DTC C0277 4B is set Ignition ON Perform the BPP sensor recalibration procedure for the K9 body control module. Refer to «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-calibration) . Verify the DTC does not reset while operating the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC. If the DTC resets, replace the B22 brake pedal position sensor. If the DTC does not reset All OK. If DTC C0277 4B is not set
  2. All OK.

DTC C0277 09

  1. Verify DTC C0277 09 is not set. If DTC C0277 09 is set Replace the B22 brake pedal position sensor. Perform the BPP sensor recalibration procedure for the K9 body control module. Refer to «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-calibration) . Verify the DTC does not reset while operating the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC. If the DTC resets, replace the K9 body control module. If the DTC does not reset All OK. If DTC C0277 09 is not set
  2. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-replacement)
  2. «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-calibration)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Brake Applied SignalC0297 02C0297 021
1. Cruise Control Malfunction

The brake pedal position sensor is used to sense the action of the driver application of the brake pedal. The brake pedal position sensor provides an analog voltage signal that will increase as the brake pedal is applied. The body control module (BCM) provides a low reference signal and a 5 V reference voltage to the brake pedal position sensor. When the variable signal reaches a voltage threshold indicating the brakes have been applied, the BCM will apply battery voltage to the right and left stop lamp control circuits, engine control module (ECM), and center high mounted stop lamp control circuit.

  1. Battery voltage must be between 9-16 V.
  2. Brakes APPLIED.

The BCM detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance on the brake applied signal circuit.

The cruise control system is disabled.

  1. The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
  2. A history DTC will clear once 50 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.

Verify that the brake pedal position sensor is properly calibrated.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 engine control module.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the signal circuit terminal 57 and ground, ignition ON.
  3. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF while pressing and releasing the brake pedal. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Replace the K20 engine control module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-calibration)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM or ECM replacement, programming, and setup

Symptoms - Lighting

Note. The following steps must be completed before using a symptom table.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) before using a symptom table in order to verify that all of the following conditions are true: There are no DTCs set. The control modules can communicate via the serial data link.
  2. Review the system description and operation in order to familiarize yourself with the system functions. Refer to the following: «Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) «Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)

Visual/Physical Inspection

  1. Inspect for aftermarket devices which could affect the operation of the lighting system. Refer to «Checking Aftermarket Accessories»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__checking-aftermarket-accessories) .
  2. Inspect the easily accessible or visible system components for obvious damage or conditions which could cause the symptom.

Intermittent

Thoroughly inspect the wiring and connectors. An incomplete inspection of the wiring and connectors may result in misdiagnosis causing part replacement with the reappearance of the malfunction. If an intermittent malfunction exists, refer to Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections .

Symptom List

Refer to a symptom diagnostic procedure from the following list in order to diagnose the symptom

  1. «Backup Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Courtesy Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Front Fog Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Hazard Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  6. «Headlamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  7. «Interior Accent Lighting Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  8. «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  9. «Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  10. «Stop Lamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  11. «Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F20DA Fuse B+B2545 01, B2545 04B2545 01, B2545 04
Backup Lamps ControlB2545 02B2545 01, B2545 04B2545 01
Backup Lamp - Left Ground1
Backup Lamp - Right Ground1
1. Backup Lamps Malfunction

When the transmission is placed in the reverse position, the transmission control module (TCM) sends a serial data message to the body control module (BCM). The message indicates that the gear selector is in the reverse position. The BCM applies battery voltage to the backup lamps and inside rearview mirror. The backup lamps are permanently grounded. Once the driver moves the gear selector out of the reverse position, a message is sent by the TCM via serial data requesting the BCM to remove battery voltage from the backup lamps control circuit.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 4 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Ignition OFF, connect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E5 backup lamp.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  7. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Backup Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Test or replace the appropriate E5 backup lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Courtesy Lamp Control - Terminal 2 X7111
Dome/Reading Lamps - Front Overhead Console Left Ground1
Dome/Reading Lamps - Front Overhead Console Right Ground1
Dome/Reading Lamps - Middle Ground1
Center Console Compartment Lamp Ground1
Sunshade - Left Ground1
Sunshade - Right Ground1
1. Courtesy Lamps Malfunction

The body control module (BCM) supplies battery voltage to the dome/reading lamps, left and right sunshade lamps, and instrument panel compartment lamp via the courtesy lamp control circuit. When the instrument panel compartment or a sunshade mirror is opened, the switch contact close allowing battery voltage to flow illuminating the respective lamps. The front reading lamps are controlled by individual switches that are activated by the operator when additional cabin lighting is required. In the event that any of these courtesy lamps were to remain illuminated for more than 10 minutes with the ignition switch in the OFF position and no doors opened, the BCM will deactivate the courtesy lamp control circuit to prevent total battery discharge.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the inoperative courtesy lamp. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 10 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. A3L sunshade - left terminal B A3R sunshade - right terminal B E28 center console compartment lamp - terminal 2 E37EL dome/reading lamps - front overhead console left terminal B E37ER dome/reading lamps - front overhead console right terminal B E37M dome/reading lamps - middle terminal 6 If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, reading lamp switches ON. A3L sunshade - left terminal A A3R sunshade - right terminal A E28 center console compartment lamp - terminal 1 E37EL dome/reading lamps - front overhead console left terminal A E37ER dome/reading lamps - front overhead console right terminal A E37M dome/reading lamps - middle terminal 1
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Inadvertent Load ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate courtesy lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ambient Light Sensor SignalB2645 03B2645 07B2645 07
Low Beam Headlamp Control - LeftB2575 02B2575 04B2575 01, B2575 04
Low Beam Headlamp Control - RightB2699 02B2699 04B2699 01, B2699 04
Ambient Light Sensor Low ReferenceB2645 07
Headlamp Ground - Left1
Headlamp Ground - Right1
1. Headlamps Malfunction

The ambient light sensor is used to monitor outside lighting conditions. The body control module (BCM) provides a 5-volt reference signal to the ambient light sensor. Depending on outside lighting conditions, the ambient light sensor provides a voltage signal to the BCM that will vary between 0.2 and 4.9 volts. The BCM monitors the ambient light sensor signal circuit to determine if outside lighting conditions are correct for either daytime running lights (DRL) or automatic headlamp system control when the headlamp switch is in the AUTO position. In daylight conditions, the BCM will command the DRLs ON by applying voltage to the DRL control circuits illuminating the DRLs. Any function or condition that turns on the headlamps will cancel DRL operation.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the low beam headlamps turn on & off when commanding the Low Beam Headlamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the low beam headlamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to «Headlamps Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) . If the low beam headlamps turn ON and OFF
  3. Ignition ON, park brake released.
  4. Verify the scan tool BCM Park Brake Status parameter displays released. If the park brake status parameter does not display released Refer to «Brake Warning Indicator Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/mechanical-hydraulic/#hydraulic-brake-system) . If the parameter displays released
  5. Refer to Circuit/System Testing below.
  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, open and close drivers door, disconnect the harness connector at the B10B ambient light/sunload sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K33 HVAC control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K33 HVAC control module. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Ambient Light Sensor parameter is greater than 4.65 V. If 4.65 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 4.65 V
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 5 and the low reference circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Ambient Light Sensor parameter is less than 0.196 V. If 0.196 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 0.196 V
  7. Test or replace the B10B ambient light/sunload sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM or HVAC control module replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal222B2740 00
Front Fog Lamp Relay ControlB2530 02B2530 04B2530 01
Front Fog Lamp Control111
Front Fog Lamp Ground - Left1
Front Fog Lamp Ground - Right1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground2
1. Front Fog Lamps Malfunction 2. Front Fog Lamp Switch Malfunction

The front fog lamp relay is supplied with battery voltage at all times. The front fog lamp switch signal circuit is grounded momentarily by pressing the front fog lamp switch. The body control module (BCM) energizes the front fog lamp relay by applying ground to the front fog lamp relay control circuit. When the front fog lamp relay is energized, the relay switch contacts close and battery voltage is applied through the front fog lamp fuse to the front fog lamp supply voltage circuit which illuminates the front fog lamps. With the front fog lamp switch activated the BCM sends a message via serial data to the instrument cluster requesting the instrument cluster to illuminate the front fog indicator.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, headlamps ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Front Fog Lamps Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the front fog lamps ON and OFF with the front fog lamp switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Front Fog Lamp Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify the front fog lamps turn ON and OFF when commanding the Front Fog Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the front fog lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Front Fog Lamps Malfunction below. If the front fog lamps turn ON and OFF
  4. Verify the front fog lamp indicator on the instrument cluster turns ON and OFF while commanding the front fog lamps ON and OFF with the front fog lamp switch. If the front fog lamp indicator does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Front Fog Lamp Indicator Malfunction below. If the front fog lamp indicator turns ON and OFF
  5. All OK.

Front Fog Lamp Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Front Fog Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
  6. Verify the scan tool Front Fog Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Front Fog Lamps Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal K7 and B+, ignition ON.
  3. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Front Fog Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Ignition OFF, connect the X4 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood.
  5. Disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E29 fog lamp, ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF.
  6. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  7. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  8. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Front Fog Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the X50A fuse block - underhood. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the X50A fuse block - underhood. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  9. Test or replace the appropriate E29 fog lamp.

Front Fog Lamp Indicator Malfunction

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the front fog lamp indicator turns ON and OFF when commanding the Instrument Cluster All Indicators Test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the front fog lamp indicator is always OFF or remains ON Replace the P16 instrument cluster. If the front fog lamp indicator turns ON and OFF
  3. Replace the K9 body control module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  3. «Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM or instrument cluster replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Hazard Warning Switch Signal111B3596 00
Hazard Warning Switch Ground1
1. Hazard Lamps Malfunction

The hazard flashers may be activated in any power mode. The hazard warning switch signal circuit is momentarily grounded when the hazard warning switch is pressed. The body control module (BCM) responds to the hazard warning switch signal input by supplying battery voltage to all four turn signal lamps in an ON and OFF duty cycle. When the hazard warning switch is activated, the BCM sends a serial data message to the instrument cluster requesting both turn signal indicators to be cycled ON and OFF.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Hazard Lamps Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the hazard lamps ON and OFF with the hazard warning switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing below. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify all left and right turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF while commanding the hazard lamps ON and OFF with the hazard warning switch. If all turn signal lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to «Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) If all turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF
  4. All OK.
  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 17 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Hazard Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground.
  6. Verify the scan tool Hazard Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 16 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the A20 Radio/HVAC Controls.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Radio Control Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/entertainment-systems/#cellular-system-entertainment-system-and-navigation-system)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F8DA Fuse B+11
F30DA Fuse B+11
Headlamp Switch Headlamps OFF SignalB257A 0033
Headlamp Switch Headlamps ON SignalB257A 0033
Headlamp Switch Park Lamps ON Signal3B257A 003
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Flash To Pass SignalB3806 0033
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch High Beam SignalB3650 0833
Headlamp High Beam Relay ControlB2580 02, B2580 04B2580 02, B2580 04B2580 01
Low Beam Headlamp Control - LeftB2575 02B2575 01, B2575 041
Low Beam Headlamp Control - RightB2699 02B2699 01, B2699 041
High Beam Headlamp Control - Left222
High Beam Headlamp Control - Right222
Headlamp Ground - Left1
Headlamp Ground - Right1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground3
1. Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam 2. Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam 3. Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction

The body control module (BCM) monitors three signal circuits from the turn signal/multifunction switch. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is in the AUTO position, all three signal circuits are open. When placed in the AUTO position, the BCM monitors inputs from the ambient light sensor to determine if headlamps are required or if daytime running lamps will be activated based on outside lighting conditions. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the OFF position, the headlamp switch headlamps OFF signal circuit is grounded, indicating to the BCM that the exterior lamps should be turned OFF. With the turn signal/multifunction switch in the PARK position, the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit is grounded, indicating that the park lamps have been requested. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the HEADLAMP position, both the headlamp switch park lamps ON signal circuit and the headlamp switch headlamps ON signal circuit are grounded. The BCM responds to the inputs by illuminating the park lamps and headlamps. When the low beam headlamps are requested, the BCM applies B+ to both low beam headlamp control circuits illuminating the low beam headlamps.

The high beam and flash to pass functions are contained within the turn signal/multifunction switch. The BCM provides the turn signal/multifunction switch with two signal circuits, the high beam signal circuit and the flash to pass signal circuit. When the low beam headlamps are ON and the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in the high beam position, ground is applied to the BCM through the high beam signal circuit. The BCM responds to the high beam request by applying ground to the high beam relay control circuit which energizes the high beam relay. With the high beam relay energized, the switch contacts close allowing battery voltage to flow through the high beam fuses to the high beam control circuits illuminating the high beam headlamps.

When the turn signal/multifunction switch is momentarily placed in the flash to pass position, ground is applied to the BCM through the flash to pass signal circuit. The BCM responds by applying ground to the high beam relay control circuit which energizes the high beam relay illuminating the high beams for a brief moment or until the flash to pass switch is released.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Headlamps On Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the headlamp ON and OFF with the headlamp switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Headlamp Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify the scan tool Automatic Headlamps Disable Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the automatic lamp control ON and OFF with the headlamp switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Headlamp Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  4. Verify the scan tool Headlamps Flash Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the flash to pass ON and OFF with the turn signal/multifunction switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  5. Verify the scan tool High Beam Select Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the high beams ON and OFF with the turn signal/multifunction switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  6. Verify the left low beam/daytime running lamp turn ON and OFF when commanding the Left Low Beam/Daytime Running Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left low beam/daytime running lamp does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam below. If the left low beam/daytime running lamp turns ON and OFF
  7. Verify the right low beam/daytime running lamp turn ON and OFF when commanding the Right Low Beam/Daytime Running Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the right low beam/daytime running lamp does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam below. If the right low beam/daytime running lamp turns ON and OFF
  8. Verify the high beams turn ON and OFF when commanding the High Beams ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the high beams do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam below. If the high beams turn ON and OFF
  9. Verify the high beam indicator on the instrument cluster turns ON and OFF while commanding the All Indicators Test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the high beam indicator does not turn ON and OFF Refer to High Beam Indicator Malfunction below. If the high beam indicator turns ON and OFF
  10. All OK.

Headlamp Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Automatic Headlamps Disable Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Automatic Headlamps Disable Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  8. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 7 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  9. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  10. Verify the scan tool Headlamps On Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  11. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  12. Verify the scan tool Headlamps On Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  13. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool High Beam Select Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 11 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool High Beam Select Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Verify the scan tool Headlamps Flash Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 12 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  8. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 12 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  9. Verify the scan tool Headlamps Flash Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 12 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  10. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 2 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 3 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  4. Ignition OFF, connect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module.
  5. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E4 headlamp - low beam.
  6. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  7. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  8. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Low Beam/Daytime Running Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  9. Test or replace the appropriate E4 headlamp - low beam.

Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the KR48 headlamp high beam relay.
  2. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 85 and B+, ignition ON.
  3. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the High Beams ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit terminal and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, connect the KR48 headlamp high beam relay.
  5. Disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E4 headlamp - high beam.
  6. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal B and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  7. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  8. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the High Beams ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the KR48 headlamp high beam relay. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the X50A fuse block - underhood, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the KR48 headlamp high beam relay. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  9. Test or replace the appropriate E4 headlamp - high beam.

High Beam Indicator Malfunction

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the high beam indicator turns ON and OFF when commanding the Instrument Cluster All Indicators Test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the high beam indicator is always OFF or remains ON Replace the P16 instrument cluster. If the high beam indicator turns ON and OFF
  3. Replace the K9 body control module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions__relay-replacement-within-an-electrical-center) , «Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-repair-instructions)
  4. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM and instrument cluster replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00
Accent Lamp Control - Terminal 22 X2111
Accent Lamp Control - Terminal 23 X1111
Accent Lamp - Driver Door Ground1
Accent Lamp - Driver Door Handle Ground1
Accent Lamp - Passenger Door Ground1
Accent Lamp - Passenger Door Handle Ground1
Accent Lamp - Left Lower Instrument Panel Ground1
Accent Lamp - Right Lower Instrument Panel Ground1
Accent Lamp - Center Console Cupholder Ground1
Accent Lamp - Overhead Console Ground1
1. Interior Accent Lighting Malfunction

The instrument panel dimmer switch is used to increase and decrease the brightness of the interior backlighting components. The instrument panel dimmer switch provides a voltage signal to the body control module (BCM) that will increase as the brightness of the lights are increased and decrease as the brightness of the lights are decreased. The BCM provides B+, signal, and low reference circuits to the instrument panel dimmer switch. When the instrument panel dimmer switch is placed in the desired position, the dimmed voltage setting is applied from the instrument panel dimmer switch through the instrument panel dimmer switch signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM interprets the signal and applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the LED dimming control circuits illuminating the interior backlighting to the requested level of brightness.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E1 accent lamp. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal and ground.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Accent Lighting Command ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module. X1 X6 Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. X1 X6 Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate E1 accent lamp

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Front Side Door Warning Lamp Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Front Side Door Courtesy Lamp Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Front Floor Console Flood Lamp Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00B101E 43, B1395 03, B1529 03, C0890 03, U0121 00, U152D 00
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch B+B1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B1395 07
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch SignalB1395 03, B3600 03B3600 03B3600 07
Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator B+444
Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Control333
LED Backlight Dimming Control Terminal 8 X2222
LED Backlight Dimming Control Terminal 9 X7222
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Low Reference111
Dome Lamp Switch Ground2
Fuel Economy Mode Switch2
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Ground1
Liftgate Control Switch - Interior Ground2
Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Ground3
Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left Ground2
Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right Ground2
Sunroof Switch Ground2
Sunroof Tilt Switch Ground2
Traction Control Switch Ground2
Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator Ground4
1. Dimmer Switch Malfunction 2. Interior Backlighting Malfunction 3. Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction 4. Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator Backlighting Malfunction

The instrument panel dimmer switch is used to increase and decrease the brightness of the interior backlighting components. The instrument panel dimmer switch provides a voltage signal to the body control module (BCM) that will increase as the brightness of the lights are increased and decrease as the brightness of the lights are decreased. The BCM provides B+, low reference, and signal circuits to the instrument panel dimmer switch. When the instrument panel dimmer switch is placed in the desired position, the dimmed voltage setting is applied from the instrument panel dimmer switch through the instrument panel dimmer switch signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM interprets the signal and applies a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage through the LED dimming control circuits illuminating the interior backlighting to the requested level of brightness.

Schematic Reference

  1. «Interior Lights Schematics»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Interior Lights Dimming Schematics»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter changes between a high percentage to a low percentage while operating the dimmer switch from high to low. If the parameter does not change Refer to Dimmer Switch Malfunction. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify all backlighting components turn ON and OFF while commanding the LED Backlight Dimming ON and OFF with a scan tool. If all backlighting components do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Interior Backlighting Malfunction below. If all backlighting components turn ON and OFF
  4. Verify the transmission shift lever position indicator backlighting turns ON and OFF while turning the park lamps ON and OFF with the headlamp switch. If the transmission shift lever position indicator backlighting does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator Backlighting Malfunction below. If the transmission shift lever position indicator backlighting turns ON and OFF
  5. Verify the phrase PASSENGER AIR BAG is illuminated on the Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator. If the phrase PASSENGER AIR BAG is not illuminated Refer to Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction below. If the phrase PASSENGER AIR BAG is illuminated
  6. All OK.

Dimmer Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch, ignition ON.
  2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and B+. If the test lamp does not illuminate Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the low reference circuit terminal 10 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp illuminates
  3. Test for B+ between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than B+ Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If B+
  4. Verify a test lamp does not illuminate between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp does not illuminate
  5. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is greater than 40%. If 40% or less Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 9 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If greater than 40%
  6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 9 and the B+ circuit terminal 5.
  7. Verify the scan tool LED Backlight Dimming Command parameter is less than 30%. If 30% or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 30%
  8. Test or replace the S36 instrument panel dimmer switch.

Interior Backlighting Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the component with inoperative backlighting. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal and ground.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the LED Backlight Dimming ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the component with inoperative backlighting.

Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator Backlighting Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P2 transmission shift lever position indicator. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal C and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the B+ circuit terminal A and ground.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF while turning the ignition switch ON and OFF. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, remove the F25DA fuse at the X51A fuse block - instrument panel, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the B+ circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the X51A fuse block - instrument panel. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the P2 transmission shift lever position indicator.

Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P14 passenger air bag disable indicator. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 4 and ground.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF while turning the ignition switch ON and OFF. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, remove the F45UA fuse at the X50A fuse block - underhood, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the X50A fuse block - underhood. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the P14 passenger air bag disable indicator.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#power-door-lock-system-and-release-systems)
  2. «Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Dimmer Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Sunroof Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/sun-rooft-topconvertible-top/#sunroof-system)
  5. «Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Indicator Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system)
  6. «Transmission Control Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6t45-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  7. «Sunroof Tilt Position Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/sun-rooft-topconvertible-top/#sunroof-system)
  8. «Electronic Traction Control and Vehicle Stability Control Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/anti-locktraction-control/#antilock-brake-system)
  9. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
F4DA Fuse B+B3883 01, B3883 04B3883 01, B3883 04
F6DA Fuse B+B3867 01, B3867 04B3867 01, B3867 04
F16DA Fuse B+B2585 01, B2585 04B2585 01, B2585 04
Park Lamps ON Signal2B257A 002
License Plate Lamp ControlB3883 02B3883 01, B3883 04B3883 01
Park Lamps Control - LeftB2585 02B2585 01, B2585 04B2585 01, B2585 04
Park Lamps Control - RightB3867 02B3867 01, B3867 04B3867 01, B3867 04
License Plate Lamp Ground - LeftB3883 01, B3883 04
License Plate Lamp Ground - RightB3883 01, B3883 04
Park Lamp Ground - Left Front1
Park Lamp Ground - Right Front1
Side Marker Lamp Ground - Left Front1
Side Marker Lamp Ground - Right Front1
Tail Lamp Ground - Left1
Tail Lamp Ground - Right1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamps Ground - Left1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamps Ground - Right1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground2
1. Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction 2. Park Lamp Switch Malfunction

When the headlamp switch is placed in either the HEAD or PARK position, ground is applied to the park lamp signal circuit to the body control module (BCM). The BCM responds by applying voltage to the park lamps, tail lamps, and license lamps control circuits illuminating the park, tail, side marker, and license lamps.

Schematic Reference

  1. «Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Exterior Lights Schematics»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Park Lamp Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive while commanding the park lamps ON and OFF with the headlamp switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Park Lamp Switch Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify the left park lamps turn ON and OFF when commanding the Left Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left park lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Park Lamps Malfunction below. If the left park lamps turn ON and OFF
  4. Verify the right park lamps turn ON and OFF when commanding the Right Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the right park lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Park Lamps Malfunction below. If the right park lamps turn ON and OFF
  5. Verify the license plate lamps turn ON and OFF when commanding the License Plate Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the license plate lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to License Plate Lamps Malfunction below. If the license plate lamps turn ON and OFF
  6. All OK.

Park Lamp Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 7 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Park Lamps Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Park Lamps Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate park lamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the appropriate ground circuit terminal listed below and ground. E4N park/turn signal lamp - left terminal G E2LF side marker lamp - left front terminal B E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal G E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal B - GMC E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal B - GMC E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal B - Chevrolet E4P park/turn signal lamp - right terminal G E2RF side marker lamp - right front terminal B E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal G E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal B - GMC E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal B - GMC E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal B - Chevrolet If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground, ignition ON. E4N park/turn signal lamp - left terminal B E2LF side marker lamp - left front terminal A E5S tail/stop and turn signal lamp - left terminal B E5J tail lamp - left lower terminal A - GMC E5M tail lamp - left upper terminal A - GMC E2LR side marker lamp - left rear terminal A - Chevrolet E4P park/turn signal lamp - right terminal B E2RF side marker lamp - right front terminal A E5T tail/stop and turn signal lamp - right terminal B E5K tail lamp - right lower terminal A - GMC E5N tail lamp - right upper terminal A - GMC E2RR side marker lamp - right rear terminal A - Chevrolet
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Park Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module. X4 X5 Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. X4 X5 Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate park lamp.

License Plate Lamps Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, remove both E7 license plate lamp bulbs.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between each ground circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the license plate lamp - left control circuit terminal 1 and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the License Plate Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Connect a test lamp between the license plate lamp - right control circuit terminal 1 and ground, ignition ON.
  6. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the License Plate Lamps ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  7. Test or replace the appropriate E7 license plate lamp bulb.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  6. «Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-wheel-and-steering-column)
  7. «Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  8. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Brake Pedal Position Sensor 5 V ReferenceC0277 06, C0890 03C0277 06C0277 07, C0890 07
Brake Pedal Position Sensor SignalC0277 06C0277 06C0277 07, C0890 07C0277 09
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ControlB3884 0222
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - LeftB3881 02B3881 04B3881 01
Rear Tail/Stop Lamps Control - RightB3882 02B3882 04B3882 01
Brake Pedal Position Sensor Low ReferenceC0277 071
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Ground2
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right1
1. Stop Lamps Malfunction 2. Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Malfunction

The brake pedal position (BPP) sensor is used to sense the action of the driver application of the brake pedal. The BPP sensor provides an analog voltage signal that will increase as the brake pedal is applied. The body control module (BCM) provides a low reference signal and a 5-volt reference voltage to the BPP sensor. When the variable signal reaches a voltage threshold indicating the brakes have been applied, the BCM will apply battery voltage to the left and right stop lamp control circuits as well as the center high mounted stop lamp (CHMSL) control circuit illuminating the left and right stop lamps and the CHMSL.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Brake Lamps Command parameter changes between Active and Inactive while pressing and releasing the brake pedal. If the parameter does not change Refer to Brake Pedal Position Sensor Malfunction below. If the parameter changes
  3. Verify the left brake lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Left Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left brake lamp does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Stop Lamps Malfunction below. If the left brake lamp turns ON and OFF
  4. Verify the right brake lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Right Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the right brake lamp does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Stop Lamps Malfunction below. If the right brake lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Verify the center high mounted stop lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Center Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the center high mounted stop does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Center High Mount Stop Lamp Malfunction below. If the center high mounted stop turns ON and OFF
  6. All OK.

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B22 brake pedal position sensor, ignition ON.
  2. Test for less than 1 V between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 1 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the low reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If less than 1 V
  3. Test or replace the B22 brake pedal position sensor.

Stop Lamps Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate E5 tail/stop and turn signal lamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module. X4 right stop lamp X5 left stop lamp Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. X4 right stop lamp X5 left stop lamp Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate E5 stop/turn signal lamp.

Center High Mount Stop Lamp Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the E6 center high mounted stop lamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal A and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal B and ground, ignition ON.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Center Brake Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X4 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the E6 center high mounted stop lamp.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  4. «Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  5. «Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system__brake-pedal-position-sensor-replacement)
  6. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Left222
Turn Signal Switch Signal - Right222
Turn Signal Control - Left FrontB3948 02B3948 04B3948 01, B3948 04
Turn Signal Control - Left RearB3950 02B3950 04B3950 01, B3950 04
Turn Signal Control - Right FrontB3949 02B3949 04B3949 01, B3949 04
Turn Signal Control - Right RearB3951 02B3951 04B3951 01, B3951 04
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left Front1
Park/Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right Front1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Left Rear1
Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Ground - Right Rear1
Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Ground2
1. Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction 2. Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction

Ground is applied at all times to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal lamps may only be activated with the ignition switch in the ON or START positions. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in either the turn right or turn left position, ground is applied to the body control module (BCM) through either the right turn or left turn signal switch signal circuit. The BCM responds to the turn signal switch input by applying a pulsating voltage to the front and rear turn signal lamps through there respective control circuits. When a turn signal request is received by the BCM, a serial data message is sent to the instrument cluster requesting the respective turn signal indicator be pulsed ON and OFF.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the scan tool Right Turn Signal Switch and Left Turn Signal Switch parameters change between Active and Inactive while cycling the turn signal switch between the right and left positions. If the parameters do not change Refer to Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction below. If the parameters change
  3. Verify the left front turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF while commanding the Left Front Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left front turn signal lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction below. If the left front turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF
  4. Verify the right front turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF while commanding the Right Front Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the right front turn signal lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction below. If the right front turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF
  5. Verify the left rear turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF while commanding the Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left rear turn signal lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction below. If the left rear turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF
  6. Verify the right rear turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF while commanding the Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the right rear turn signal lamps do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction below. If the right rear turn signal lamps turn ON and OFF
  7. Verify the left and right turn signal indicators turn ON and OFF while commanding the All Indicators Test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left or right turn signal indictors do not turn ON and OFF Refer to Turn Signal Indicators Malfunction below. If the left and right turn signal indictors turn ON and OFF
  8. All OK.

Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, all doors closed, all accessories OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 15 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 15 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 15 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Left Turn Signal Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 5 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  6. Verify the scan tool Left Turn Signal Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  7. Verify the scan tool Right Turn Signal Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 4 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K9 body control module. If Inactive
  8. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 4 and the ground circuit terminal 6.
  9. Verify the scan tool Right Turn Signal Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 4 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If Active
  10. Test or replace the S78 turn signal/multifunction switch.

Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction

  1. Ignition OFF, exterior lamps OFF, liftgate latch latched, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate turn signal lamp.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the ground circuit terminal G and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal A and ground.
  4. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Turn Signal Lamp ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module. X4 right turn signals X5 left turn signals Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate harness connector listed below at the K9 body control module, ignition ON. X4 right turn signals X5 left turn signals Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit terminal and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K9 body control module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
  5. Test or replace the appropriate turn signal lamp.

Turn Signal Indicators Malfunction

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the left and right turn signal indicators turn ON and OFF while commanding the All Indicators Test ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the left or right turn signal indictors are always OFF or remain ON Replace the P16 instrument cluster. If the left and right turn signal indictors turn ON and OFF
  3. Replace the K9 body control module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  2. «Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system) , «Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/equinox/ii-2009-2015/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for BCM or instrument cluster replacement, programming, and setup

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration

Note. Brake system does not use a brake switch, stoplight switch or brakelight switch. System uses a Brake Pedal Position Sensor to control these functions.

Calibration Criteria

Note. Do not apply the brake pedal during the brake pedal position sensor calibration procedure. Any movement of the brake pedal during this procedure will cause the calibration procedure to fail. If this occurs, the brake pedal position sensor calibration must be repeated.

Brake pedal position sensor calibration must be performed after the brake pedal position sensor or body control module (BCM) have been serviced. The calibration procedure will set the brake pedal position sensor home value. This value is used by the BCM to determine the action of the driver applying the brake system and to provide this information to the vehicle subsystems via serial data.

Calibration Procedure

  1. Apply the parking brake.
  2. Place the transmission in the PARK position.
  3. Install a scan tool.
  4. Clear all BCM DTCs before proceeding.
  5. Navigate to the Module Diagnosis menu.
  6. Select BCM menu item.
  7. Select Configuration/Reset Functions menu item.
  8. Select the Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn procedure and follow the directions displayed on the screen.

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement

Note. Brake system does not use a brake switch, stoplight switch or brakelight switch. System uses a Brake Pedal Position Sensor to control these functions.

Scheme 12

Scheme 12: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
Scheme 12: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel insulator panel left side. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Equinox) , Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Terrain) . Remove the communication interface module. Refer to Communication Interface Module Replacement
1Brake Pedal Position Sensor Bolt CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 9 N.m (80 lb in)
2Brake Pedal Position Sensor Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector. Pull the sensor away from the bracket. Recalibrate the brake pedal position sensor. Refer to Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration .
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement

Scheme 13

Scheme 13: Dimmer Switch Replacement
Scheme 13: Dimmer Switch Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel insulator, left side. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Equinox) , Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Terrain) Remove the driver knee bolster panel. Refer to Driver Knee Bolster Panel Replacement (Terrain) , Driver Knee Bolster Panel Replacement (Equinox) Remove the driver knee bolster reinforcement. Refer to Driver Knee Bolster Reinforcement Replacement (Equinox) , Driver Knee Bolster Reinforcement Replacement (Terrain)
1Instrument Panel Lamp Dimmer Switch Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector. From underneath, carefully insert a long appropriate tool into the switch bracket from the inner side of the instrument panel and release the tabs fastening the dimmer switch to the dimmer switch bracket. At the same time, push forward on the switch from a surface side to separate it from the tabs. Use care not to damage the bracket while releasing the fastening tabs.

Dimmer Switch Replacement

Scheme 14

Scheme 14: Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
Scheme 14: Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Refer to Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Equinox) , Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Terrain) .
2Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Procedure Depress tabs to remove sensor from trim plate.

Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement

Scheme 15

Scheme 15: Reading Lamp Switch Pushbutton Replacement
Scheme 15: Reading Lamp Switch Pushbutton Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the roof console. Refer to Roof Console Replacement .
1Reading Lamp Switch Pushbutton Procedure Press tabs together and remove switch.

Reading Lamp Switch Pushbutton Replacement

Scheme 16

Scheme 16: Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement
Scheme 16: Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the roof console. Refer to Roof Console Replacement .
1Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Procedure Press tabs together and remove switch.

Dome and Reading Lamp Switch Replacement

Scheme 17

Scheme 17: Dome and Reading Lamp Lens Replacement
Scheme 17: Dome and Reading Lamp Lens Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Dome Lamp Lens Procedure Using a nylon flat bladed tool release the four integral tabs on the lens from the roof console.

Dome and Reading Lamp Lens Replacement

Scheme 18

Scheme 18: Courtesy Lamp Replacement
Scheme 18: Courtesy Lamp Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Courtesy Lamp Lens and Bezel Procedure Using a nylon flat bladed tool release the lens and bezel.
2Courtesy Lamp Procedure Release the retaining tabs and remove the courtesy lamp from the headliner.

Courtesy Lamp Replacement

Scheme 19

Scheme 19: Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
Scheme 19: Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Courtesy Lamp Lens Procedure Using a nylon flat bladed tool release the lens to gain access to the bulb.
2Courtesy Lamp Bulb

Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement

Scheme 20

Scheme 20: Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Left Side
Scheme 20: Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Left Side
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel insulator panel left side. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Equinox) , Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Terrain) .
1Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Procedure Use a plastic flat-bladed trim tool in order to release the lamp assembly from the drivers side knee bolster. Disconnect the electrical connection.
2Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb

Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Left Side

Scheme 21

Scheme 21: Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Right Side
Scheme 21: Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Right Side
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel insulator panel right side. Refer to Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Terrain) , Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Equinox) .
1Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Procedure Use a plastic flat-bladed trim tool in order to release the lamp assembly from the instrument panel compartment housing. Disconnect the electrical connection.
2Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb

Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Right Side

Scheme 22

Scheme 22: Front Floor Console Flood Lamp Replacement
Scheme 22: Front Floor Console Flood Lamp Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the roof console. Refer to Roof Console Replacement .
1Front Floor Console Flood Lamp Procedure Disconnect electrical connector.

Front Floor Console Flood Lamp Replacement

Scheme 23

Scheme 23: Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Replacement
Scheme 23: Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Procedure Open arm rest and using the appropriate tool, release the bottom of the lamp. Pull lamp downward to remove. Guide switch button through hole in the console. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Bulb

Front Floor Console Armrest Compartment Lamp Replacement

Scheme 24

Scheme 24: Front Side Door Courtesy Lamp Replacement
Scheme 24: Front Side Door Courtesy Lamp Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the front side door trim panel. Refer to Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
1Front Side Door Courtesy Lamp Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector.

Front Side Door Courtesy Lamp Replacement

Scheme 25

Scheme 25: Front Side Door Warning Lamp Replacement
Scheme 25: Front Side Door Warning Lamp Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the front side door trim panel. Refer to Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
1Front Side Door Warning Lamp Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector.

Front Side Door Warning Lamp Replacement

Scheme 26

Scheme 26: Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
Scheme 26: Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the sunshade illuminated mirror lamp lens with bezel. Refer to Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
1Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb

Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement

Scheme 27

Scheme 27: Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
Scheme 27: Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
1Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Procedure Carefully use a flat bladed tool, and release the tabs retaining the lamp lens and bezel to the sunshade assembly.

Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement

Scheme 28

Scheme 28: Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
Scheme 28: Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the dome lamp lens. Refer to Dome and Reading Lamp Lens Replacement .
1Dome Lamp Bulbs

Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement

Scheme 29

Scheme 29: Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 29: Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Open the hood. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Terrain) , Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Equinox) .
1Headlamp Mounting Bolt / Screw (Qty: 4) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . TIP: One screw is located at the front lower edge of the front fender outer panel at the bottom edge of the headlamp. Tighten 4 (56 lb in)
2Headlamp Ball Socket Locator Pin Procedure Pull from the bottom of the headlamp forward in order to release the headlamp locator pin from the front outer corner of the body rail. Disconnect the forward lamp harness electrical connector on the headlamp being serviced.
3Headlamp Assembly Procedure Check and adjust the front headlamp aim after the headlamp have been reinstalled. Refer to Headlamp Aiming .
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Headlamp Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 30

Scheme 30: Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 30: Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Open the hood. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Terrain) , Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Equinox) .
1Headlamp Assembly Bolt / Screw (Qty: 4) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . TIP: One screw is located inside the front bumper fascia side retainer assembly. Tighten 4 (56 lb in)
2Headlamp Assembly Procedure Pull from the bottom of the headlamp forward in order to release the headlamp locator pin from the front outer corner of the body rail. Disconnect the forward lamp harness electrical connector on the headlamp being serviced. Check and adjust the front headlamp aim after the headlamps have been reinstalled. Refer to Headlamp Aiming .
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Headlamp Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 31

Scheme 31: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Equinox)
Scheme 31: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Turn the tire and wheel assembly in order to access the wheelhouse panel hole cover and screw. Remove the screw and cover from the wheelhouse panel liner.
1Wheelhouse Panel Hole Cover Screw CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Hand tighten the screw.
2Wheelhouse Panel Hole Cover TIP: Rotate the cover counter-clockwise and remove.
3Headlamp Bulb Accessory Cover TIP: Rotate the cover counter-clockwise and remove.
4Headlamp Bulb Assembly (High Beam) WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb socket. Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp assembly.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Equinox)

Scheme 32

Scheme 32: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Equinox)
Scheme 32: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Turn the tire and wheel assembly in order to access the wheelhouse panel hole cover and screw. Remove the screw and cover from the wheelhouse panel liner.
1Wheelhouse Panel Hole Cover Screw CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Hand tighten the screw.
2Wheelhouse Panel Hole Cover TIP: Rotate the cover counter-clockwise and remove.
3Headlamp Bulb Accessory Cover TIP: Rotate the cover counter-clockwise and remove.
4Headlamp Bulb Assembly (Low Beam) WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb socket. Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp assembly.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Equinox)

Scheme 33

Scheme 33: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Terrain)
Scheme 33: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the front wheelhouse front panel hole cover. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Front Panel Hole Cover Replacement (Terrain) .
1Headlamp Bulb Assembly-High Beam Procedure WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Remove the headlamp bulb access cover assembly. Turn the cover a quarter turn counter-clockwise. Disconnect the high beam bulb socket electrical connector. Rotate the bulb socket a quarter turn counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp assembly.
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Headlamp Bulb Replacement (High Beam Terrain)

Scheme 34

Scheme 34: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Terrain)
Scheme 34: Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the front wheelhouse front panel hole cover. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Front Panel Hole Cover Replacement (Terrain) .
1Headlamp Bulb Assembly-Low Beam Procedure WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Remove the headlamp bulb access cover assembly. Turn the cover a quarter turn counter-clockwise. Disconnect the low beam bulb socket electrical connector. Rotate the bulb socket a quarter turn counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp assembly.
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Low Beam Terrain)

Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)

Note. Some state and local laws specify requirements for headlamp aim. All of these laws must be complied with when performing any headlamp aiming operations.

Headlamp aim should be checked

  1. When a new headlamp assembly is installed
  2. If service or repairs to the front end area have (or may have) disturbed the headlamps or their mounting
  1. The area will consist of a level surface large enough to allow for a vehicle and an additional 7.62 m (25 feet) measured from face of lamps to the front of the aiming screen.
  2. The screen will be 1.52 m (5 ft) high x 3.66 m (12 ft) wide with a matte white surface well shaded from extraneous light, and properly adjusted to the floor on which the vehicle stands. Provisions may be made for moving the screen so it can be aligned parallel with the vehicle.
  3. The screen shall be provided with a fixed vertical centerline, two laterally adjustable vertical tapes, and one vertically adjustable horizontal tape.
  4. If a regular commercial aiming screen is not available, the screen may consist of a vertical wall having a clear uninterrupted area approximately 1.83 m (6 ft) high and 3.66 m (12 ft) wide. The surface should be finished with a washable non-gloss white paint.
  5. After the aiming screen has been set up in its permanent location, it is necessary to paint a reference line on the floor directly under the lens of the lamps to indicate the proper location of the headlamps when they are being aimed: Distance between headlamps Center line of screen Adjustable vertical pointer Adjustable horizontal tape Diagram of light screen Vertical center line ahead of right headlamp pointer position 7.62 m (25 ft) Car axis Adjustable vertical pointer Horizontal center line of lamps Vertical center line ahead of left headlamp

Prior to aiming the headlamps, the following steps must be taken

Scheme 35

Scheme 35
Scheme 35
  1. Remove any snow, ice or mud from the vehicle.
  2. The vehicle must have a full tank of gas.
  3. Stop all other work on the vehicle.
  4. If any service has been performed on the vehicle, make sure that all of the components are back in their original place.
  5. The vehicle must be on a level surface.
  6. The vehicle left tires must be aligned with the reference line (a) extending from the screen with the headlamps aligned with the vertical reference line (2)..
  7. Do not load any cargo in the vehicle.
  8. The vehicle must contain one person or 72.56 kg (160 lb) on the driver seat.
  9. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure.
  10. Simulate the vehicle loads if the intended use of the vehicle is for hauling heavy loads or towing a trailer.
  11. Rock the vehicle in order to stabilize the suspension.
  12. Turn on the headlamps to low beam and observe the left and the top edges of the high intensity zone on the screen. The edges of the high intensity zone should fall within the specifications.

Headlamp Aiming Procedure

  1. Open the hood.
  2. Measure from the floor to the center of the headlamp bulb. Some headlamps have an aim dot marked on the headlamp lens.
  3. At the screen, measure from the floor and place the horizontal tape at the measured distance.
  4. Measure from the reference line on the floor to the left headlamp bulb centerline.
  5. At the screen, measure from the reference line and place the vertical tape at the measured distance.
  6. Measure from the reference line on the floor to the right headlamp bulb centerline.
  7. At the screen, measure from the reference line and place the vertical tape at the measured distance.
  8. Turn ON the low beam headlamps and block the light from projecting onto the screen from the passenger side headlamp.
  9. Adjust the vertical aim of the headlamps to the specifications required by the state and the local authorities, or as shown in step number 8.
  10. Rotate the headlamp adjuster to change the vertical aim of the headlamp.
  11. Repeat the aiming procedure for the passenger side headlamp while blocking the light from projecting onto the screen from the driver side headlamp.
  12. Close the hood.

Scheme 36

Scheme 36: Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 36: Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedures Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle . Remove either the left front or right front wheelhouse liner. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Equinox) , Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Terrain) . Disconnect the fog lamp bulb socket electrical connector.
1Front Fog Lamp Adjuster Screw TIP: Remove the adjuster screw in order to access the locking ring.
2Front Fog Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2 N.m (18 lb in)
3Front Fog Lamp Assembly Procedure Remove the lamp projector assembly from the fog lamp locking ring. TIP: The fog lamp is replaced as an assembly.
4Front Fog Lamp Locking Ring Procedure Release the locking ring from the tabs on the front bumper fascia. Replace the fog lamp as an assembly. Aim the fog lamps after replacement. Refer to Fog Lamp Aiming (Equinox) .
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 37

Scheme 37: Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 37: Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedures Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle . Remove either the left front or right front wheelhouse liner. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Equinox) , Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Terrain) . Disconnect the fog lamp bulb socket electrical connector.
1Front Fog Lamp Adjuster Screw TIP: Remove the adjuster screw in order to access the locking ring.
2Front Fog Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2 N.m (18 lb in)
3Front Fog Lamp Assembly Procedure Remove the lamp projector assembly from the fog lamp locking ring. TIP: The fog lamp is replaced as an assembly.
4Front Fog Lamp Locking Ring Procedure Release the locking ring from the tabs on the front bumper fascia. Replace the fog lamp as an assembly. Aim the fog lamps after replacement. Refer to Fog Lamp Aiming (Equinox) .
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 38

Scheme 38: Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
Scheme 38: Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedures Remove the front wheelhouse liner. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Equinox) , Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Terrain) . Disconnect the fog lamp bulb electrical connector.
1Fog Lamp Bulb Electrical Connector
2Front Fog Lamp Bulb WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Rotate the fog lamp bulb socket counter-clockwise and remove from the fog lamp projector.
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement

Fog Lamp Aiming (Equinox)

The front fog lamps must be aimed for proper illumination of the road. The front fog lamp aim should be checked when a new front fog lamp assembly is installed, or if service or repairs in the front end area may have disturbed the front fog lamp mounting.

Preparation Procedure

Note. Horizontal aim is not adjustable on this vehicle. Vertical aim is done by an adjusting screw located on the front of the fog lamp. Prior to aiming the headlamps, perform the following steps

  1. Completely assemble all of the components on the vehicle.
  2. Place the vehicle on a level surface.
  3. Stop all unnecessary operations or work that could affect the ride height of the vehicle.
  4. Close the doors and verify that the luggage compartment is empty.
  5. Stabilize the suspension by rocking the vehicle sideways.
  6. Ensure that the fuel level is full.
  7. Ensure that the tires are inflated to the proper pressure.
  8. Ensure that the driver or a similar weight, approximately 75 kg (165 lbs) is in the vehicle driver seat.

Aiming Procedure

  1. Park the vehicle 7.6 m (25 ft) away from the target screen.
  2. Measure from the center of the fog lamp to the ground line. Using this measurement, mark the horizontal centerline (2) of the fog lamp on the target screen directly in front of the vehicle.
  3. Turn ON the fog lamps. The top of the fog lamp beam image (4) on the target screen should be 102 mm (4 in) below the center of the fog lamp lens height.
  4. Adjust the fog lamp as required, using the adjusting screw (1) on the top of the fog lamp.
  5. Turn OFF the fog lamps.

Scheme 39

Scheme 39: Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 39: Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the headlamp assembly. Refer to Headlamp Replacement (Equinox) , Headlamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Socket Procedure Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp.
2Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb TIP: Pull the bulb straight from the lamp bulb socket.

Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 40

Scheme 40: Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 40: Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the front wheelhouse front panel hole cover. Refer to Front Wheelhouse Front Panel Hole Cover Replacement (Terrain) .
1Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Socket Procedure Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and remove from the headlamp.
2Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb TIP: Pull the bulb straight from the lamp bulb socket.

Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 41

Scheme 41: Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 41: Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the headlamp assembly. Refer to Headlamp Replacement (Equinox) , Headlamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Park Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Socket WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and disengage the socket from the headlamp capsule.
2Park Turn Signal Lamp Bulb
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 42

Scheme 42: Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 42: Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedures Open and support the hood. Remove the front bumper fascia opening cover. Refer to Front Bumper Fascia Opening Cover Replacement (Equinox) , Front Bumper Fascia Opening Cover Replacement (Terrain) .
1Park Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Socket WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Rotate the bulb socket counter-clockwise and disengage the socket from the headlamp capsule.
2Park Turn Signal Lamp Bulb TIP: Remove and replace the bulb as needed.
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 43

Scheme 43: High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 43: High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear end spoiler assembly. Refer to Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Terrain) , Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Equinox)
1High Mount Stop Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2.5 N.m (22 lb in)
2High Mount Stop Lamp Assembly TIP: The high mount stop lamp is (LED) light emitting diode and is replaced as an assembly.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 44

Scheme 44: High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 44: High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear end spoiler assembly. Refer to Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Terrain) , Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Equinox)
1High Mount Stop Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2.5 N.m (22 lb in)
2High Mount Stop Lamp Assembly Procedure The high mount stop lamp is (LED) light emitting diode and is replaced as an assembly. Remove and transfer the rear window washer nozzle to the new high mount stop lamp.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 45

Scheme 45: Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 45: Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove either the Left or Right tail lamp assembly. Refer to Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox) , Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Back Up Lamp Bulb WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disengage the bulb socket from the lamp assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise a quarter turn. Remove the bulb from the socket.
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 46

Scheme 46: Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 46: Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the tail lamp applique. Refer to Tail Lamp Applique Replacement (Terrain) .
1Back Up Bulb WARNING: When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury. Procedure Rotate the back up bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from the tail lamp applique. Remove the back up lamp bulb from the bulb socket.
WARNING
When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury.

Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 47

Scheme 47: Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 47: Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
1License Lamp Assembly (Qty: 2) TIP: Depress the driver side of the lamp with a small flat-bladed tool and pull the lamps downward to remove from the liftgate applique.
2License Lamp Bulb Socket TIP: Rotate the bulb sockets counter-clockwise and remove from the lamp assembly. Replace bulbs as needed.

Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 48

Scheme 48: Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 48: Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
1License Lamp Assembly (Qty: 2) TIP: Depress the driver side of the lamp with a small flat-bladed tool and pull the lamps downward to remove from the liftgate applique.
2License Lamp Bulb Socket Procedure Rotate the bulb sockets counter-clockwise and remove from the lamp assembly. Replace the bulbs as needed.

Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 49

Scheme 49: Tail Lamp Applique Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 49: Tail Lamp Applique Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedures Open and suitably support the rear liftgate. Remove the liftgate lower trim finish panel. Refer to Liftgate Lower Trim Finish Panel Replacement .
1Tail Lamp Applique Nut (Qty: 5) WARNING: When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury. Procedure Disconnect the tail lamp harness connector from the liftgate main electrical harness.
2Tail Lamp Applique Assembly TIP: Replace the tail lamp applique as an assembly.
WARNING
When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury.

Tail Lamp Applique Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 50

Scheme 50: Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 50: Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Open and support the liftgate assembly.
1Tail Lamp Access Hole Cover (Qty: 2) TIP: Use a small flat bladed tool to aid in the removal of the access hole covers.
2Tail Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2.5 N.m (22 lb in)
3Tail Lamp Assembly Procedure Pull outward at the forward edge of the tail lamp assembly to disengage the upper locator pin and lower tab from the tail lamp pocket. Disconnect the electrical connector. Remove the tail lamp assembly from the vehicle.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 51

Scheme 51: Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 51: Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Open and support the liftgate assembly.
1Tail Lamp Access Hole Cover (Qty: 2) TIP: Use a small flat bladed tool to aid in the removal of the access hole covers.
2Tail Lamp Screw (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 2.5 N.m (22 lb in)
3Tail Lamp Assembly Procedure Pull outward at the forward edge of the tail lamp assembly to disengage the upper locator pin and lower tab from the tail lamp pocket. Disconnect the electrical connector. Remove the tail lamp assembly from the vehicle.
CAUTION
Refer to Fastener Caution .

Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 52

Scheme 52: Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 52: Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove either the Left or Right tail lamp assembly. Refer to Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox) , Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Tail Lamp Bulb Socket WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disengage the tail lamp bulb socket from the lamp assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise a quarter turn.
2Tail Lamp Bulb
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 53

Scheme 53: Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 53: Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove the tail lamp applique. Refer to Tail Lamp Applique Replacement (Terrain) .
1Auxiliary Tail Lamp Bulb Socket (Qty :2) Procedure WARNING: When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury. Disengage the auxiliary tail lamp bulb socket from the tail lamp applique by turning the socket counterclockwise a quarter turn.
2Auxiliary Tail Lamp Bulb (Qty: 2) TIP: Pull the bulb straight out of the bulb sockets.
WARNING
When working with any type of glass or sheet metal with exposed or rough edges, wear approved safety glasses and gloves in order to reduce the chance of personal injury.

Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)

Scheme 54

Scheme 54: Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
Scheme 54: Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove either the Left or Right tail lamp assembly. Refer to Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox) , Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Stop Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Socket WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disengage the bulb socket from the lamp assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise a quarter turn. Remove the bulb from the socket.
2Stop Turn Signal Lamp Bulb
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Equinox)

Scheme 55

Scheme 55: Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
Scheme 55: Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)
CalloutComponent Name
Preliminary Procedure Remove either the left or right tail lamp assembly. Refer to Tail Lamp Replacement (Equinox) , Tail Lamp Replacement (Terrain) .
1Stop and Turn Signal Bulb Socket WARNING: Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning . Procedure Disengage the stop and turn signal lamp bulb socket from the lamp assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise a quarter turn.
2Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb
WARNING
Refer to Halogen Bulb Warning .

Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement (Terrain)

Exterior Lamps

The exterior lighting system consist of the following lamps

  1. Automatic Headlamp Leveling
  2. Headlamps
  3. Adaptive Forward Lighting
  4. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
  5. Front Fog Lamps
  6. Rear Fog Lamps
  7. Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
  8. Turn Signal Lamps
  9. Hazard Warning Lamps
  10. Repeater Lamps
  11. Stop Lamps
  12. Backup Lamps
  13. Position Lamps

Low Beam Headlamps (Standard) RPO TT4

The headlamps consist of 2 interchangeable single filament bulbs or 2 high intensity discharge (HID) arc tubes and ballast on each side of the vehicle which provide high and low beams. The lower bulb in the headlamp is the high beam and the upper bulb is the low beam.

The headlamps may be turned ON in 3 different ways

  1. When the headlamp switch is placed in the ON position, for normal operation
  2. When the headlamp switch is placed in the AUTOMATIC LIGHT position, for automatic lamp control
  3. When the headlamp switch is placed in the AUTOMATIC LIGHT position, with the windshield wipers ON in daylight conditions, after a 6 seconds delay

The body control module (BCM) controls the headlamps based on the inputs explained above. When a low beam request is received, the BCM supplies an B+ through the headlamp low beam relay for the left headlamp and through daytime running lamp relay - right for the right headlamp. This then applies B+ to the low beam headlamps, illuminating the low beam headlamps. When a high beam request is received, the BCM grounds the headlamp high beam relay control circuit. This energizes the coil in the headlamp high beam relay, causing the relay switch to close. This then applies B+ to both high beam headlamps through the left high beam and right high beam fuses, illuminating the high beam headlamps.

Adaptive Forward Lighting

The adaptive forward lighting consist of the following components

  1. Headlamp control module
  2. Headlamp actuator - left
  3. Headlamp actuator - right

Dynamic Curve Light

Bend lighting is a function depending on the following signal input values

  1. Steering angle
  2. Vehicle speed
  3. Yaw Rate

The appropriate swivel angle is calculated based on vehicle speed and the steering angle value.

Cornering Light

The cornering lamp is activated automatically at vehicle speeds below 40 km/h (25 MPH) when the direction indicator is switched ON and/or when the steering angle is changed from the straight-ahead position towards the side the vehicle is going to turn and passes a programmable angle threshold. The cornering lamp is deactivated automatically when the direction indicator is switched OFF and/or the steering angle has returned in the straight-ahead position. The cornering lamps are deactivated at vehicle speeds above 40 km/h (25 MPH). If reverse gear is active, the cornering lamps go into park function. Both lamps will be switched on. They will switch off 20 seconds after leaving reverse gear or if the vehicle speed exceeds 7 km/h (4 MPH). The cornering lamps also provide a protection against overheating. When having been continuously switched on for 2 minutes, adaptive forward lighting will deactivate the lamps for 2 minutes to enable cooling down.

Town Light

Town Light is activated while the vehicle speed is below 55 km/h (34 MPH) as well as the light sensor detects street lights and the town road category is detected. The light distribution is reduced to an area near the car due to low speeds.

Motorway Light

If vehicle speed is above 100 km/h (62 MPH) for at least 20 seconds (or once above 126 km/h (78 MPH) and the corresponding road category is identified, the headlamps will be switched to a motorway light distribution. During motorway light the light output of the HID bulb is increased to 38 W by electrical power management. This improves the visibility range at the far end of the road.

Country Light

Country light replaces the current low beam and will be controlled based on programmable vehicle thresholds as well as corresponding road detection. The vehicle speed has to be between 55 km/h (34 MPH) and 100 km/h (62 MPH). Country light is the default light distribution at 35 W. Light distribution is reduced on the left side to prevent oncoming traffic from being dazzled.

Tourist Mode

The tourist mode functionality switches the adaptive forward lighting headlamps into a non dazzling mode, if the traffic regulation moves from left hand traffic to right hand traffic and vice versa. The functionality is switched on/off with the same stalk/switch combination. The "flash to pass" stalk needs to be activated while ignition is switched on (System Power Mode = RUN). The "flash to pass" stalk remains activated until the warning indicator within the instrument panel cluster starts flashing (4 seconds) and an acoustic indication is sent. The activation period takes about 3 seconds. An activation flag must be set within the adaptive forward lighting ECM and stored in non-volatile memory. Each time the ignition is switched on and the tourist mode is active, the warning indicator is flashing about 4 seconds. The tourist mode is deactivated with the same procedure described above. The function is switched OFF, if an acoustic signal is sent (Warning indicator remains inactive).

Adverse Weather Light

Adverse weather light will be switched on while the vehicle speed is below 100 km/h (62 MPH) and the windscreen wipers are activated. The HID bulbs will be powered with different values

  1. Left: 32 W
  2. Right: 38 W

The main advantage is that reflections on the wet floor are reduced to a minimum. This is noticeable as well for oncoming traffic as for the driver. In front of the car a less illuminated area is realized.

The following conditions must be met before the adaptive forward lighting will operate

Automatic Lamp Control

Automatic Light is switched ON as default. It can be switched OFF by turning the light switch to OFF position. It will be switched ON again by doing so again. Automatic Light is only available if a rain sensor or rain/light sensor module in installed in the car. The rain/light sensor module will send the actual ambient light state (day/night) to the BCM. If Automatic Light is enabled, BCM will react on the message received from the rain/light sensor module by switching ON/OFF low beams.

Flash to Pass (Standard) RPO TT4

When the low beam headlamps are on and the turn signal/multifunction switch is momentarily placed in the flash to pass position, ground is applied to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal/multifunction switch applies ground to the BCM through the flash to pass switch signal circuit. The BCM then applies ground to the high beam relay control circuit. This energizes the high beam relay, closing the switch side contacts of the high beam relay, applying battery voltage to the left and right high beam fuses. Battery voltage is applied from the high beam fuses through the high beam voltage supply circuit to the high beam headlamp assemblies. This causes the high beam headlamps to illuminate at full brightness momentarily or until the flash to pass switch is released.

Flash to Pass (up level) RPO TT2/TT6

When the low beam headlamps are ON and the turn signal/multifunction switch is momentarily placed in the flash to pass position, ground is applied to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal/multifunction switch applies ground to the BCM through the flash to pass switch signal circuit. The BCM sends a message to the headlamp control module to lift the shutter from the Xenon lamp. This causes the Xenon lamp to illuminate the headlamp at full brightness momentarily or until the flash to pass switch is released.

Automatic Headlamp Leveling

The Automatic Headlamp Leveling Systems consist of the following components

  1. Ballast module - left
  2. Ballast module - right
  3. Headlamp leveling actuator - left
  4. Headlamp leveling actuator - right
  5. Headlamp control module
  6. Headlamp leveling sensor - front
  7. Headlamp leveling sensor - rear

The automatic headlamp leveling system automatically maintains the vertical alignment of the headlamps when the vehicle load and driving conditions change. The headlamp control module receives inputs from the front and rear headlamp leveling sensors to determine vehicle pitch. The headlamp leveling sensors send an output to the headlamp control module as the vehicle suspension compresses and rebounds. The headlamp control module calculates the difference in vehicle pitch and sends a command to the (HID) ballast. The ballast then drive the headlamp leveling actuators to the position commanded by the headlamp control module. The headlamp leveling system also monitors the performance of the HID bulb and ballast. When the headlamp switch is placed in the ON position the headlamps will go down, and then back up to the center position.

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) without HID RPO TT4

The DRL bulbs are combined with the park lamps. One filament is for the DRL and one for the park lamps. The DRL will operate when the following conditions are met

  1. Engine is running.
  2. Headlamp switch in AUTOMATIC LIGHT position.
  3. The high and low beam headlamps are OFF.

By turning the headlamp switch in the OFF position the automatic light function and the DRL will be deactivated.

The ambient light sensor is used to monitor outside lighting conditions. The ambient light sensor provides a voltage signal that will vary between 0.2-4.9 V depending on outside lighting conditions. The HVAC control module provides a low reference ground and 5 V reference signals to the ambient light sensor. The BCM monitors the ambient light sensor signal circuit to determine if outside lighting conditions are correct for either DRL or low beam when the headlamp switch is in the AUTOMATIC LIGHT position. In daylight conditions, the BCM will command the DRL ON by applying ground to the left and right DRL relays via separate left and right DRL relay control circuits. When the BCM applies ground to the relay control circuits, the left and right DRL relay coils energize causing both relay switch contacts to close. With the left and right DRL relay switch contacts closed, battery voltage flows to the left and right DRL lamps. Any function or condition that turns on the headlamps will cancel DRL operation.

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) with HID RPO TT2/TT6

The DRL are LEDs which are continuously illuminated when

  1. Ignition is switched ON.
  2. Engine is running.
  3. High and low beam headlamps are ON or OFF.
  4. Headlamp switch is in PARKING LIGHT, AUTOMATIC LIGHT or LOW BEAM position.

By turning the headlamp switch in the OFF position the automatic light function and the DRL will be deactivated.

The ambient light sensor is used to monitor outside lighting conditions. The ambient light sensor provides a voltage signal that will vary between 0.2-4.9 V depending on outside lighting conditions. The HVAC control module provides a low reference ground and 5 V reference to the ambient light sensor. The BCM monitors the ambient light sensor signal circuit to determine if outside lighting conditions are correct for only DRL or DRL and low beam when the headlamp switch is in the AUTOMATIC LIGHT position. In daylight conditions the BCM will command the DRL ON.

Front Fog Lamps

The front fog lamp relay is supplied with battery voltage at all times. The front fog lamp switch signal circuit is grounded momentarily by pressing the front fog lamp switch. The body control module (BCM) energizes the front fog lamp relay by applying ground to the front fog lamp relay control circuit. When the front fog lamp relay is energized, the relay switch contacts close and battery voltage is applied through the front fog lamp fuse to the front fog lamp supply voltage circuit which illuminates the front fog lamps.

Rear Fog Lamps

When the rear fog lamp switch is placed in the ON position, battery voltage is applied from the BCM to the rear fog lamps. Ground for the rear fog lamps is applied at all times.

The BCM will send a message via GMLAN serial data to the instrument panel cluster to enable the rear fog lamp indicator.

Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps

The park lamps, tail lamps/LEDs and number plate lights are turned ON when the headlamp switch is placed in the Parking lights or Low beam position or anytime the headlights are requested. When the BCM receives a request from the headlamp switch to turn ON the park lamps the BCM a sends out a PWM signal, which illuminates the park lamps, tail lamps and number plate lights.

Turn Signal Lamps

Ground is applied at all times to the turn signal/multifunction switch. The turn signal lamps may only be activated with the ignition switch in the ON or START position. When the turn signal/multifunction switch is placed in either the TURN RIGHT or TURN LEFT position, ground is applied to the BCM through either the right turn or left turn signal switch signal circuit. The BCM then applies a pulsating voltage to the front and rear turn signal lamps through there respective voltage supply circuits. When a turn signal request is received by the BCM, a serial data message is sent to the instrument cluster requesting the respective turn signal indicator be pulsed ON and OFF.

Repeater Lamps

The repeater lamps are located in the front fender. The repeater lamps are used as additional turn signal lamps, and operate as described in the Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Lamps description.

Hazard Flasher Lamps

The hazard flashers may be activated in any power mode. The hazard switch signal circuit is momentarily grounded when the hazard switch is pressed. The BCM supplies battery voltage to all turn signal lamps in an ON and OFF duty cycle. When the hazard switch is activated, the BCM sends a serial data message to the instrument cluster requesting both turn signal indicators to be cycled ON and OFF.

Stop Lamps

The brake pedal position (BPP) sensor is used to sense the action of the driver application of the brake pedal. The BPP sensor provides an analog voltage signal that will increase as the brake pedal is applied. The BCM provides a low reference signal and a 5 V reference voltage to the BPP sensor. When the variable signal reaches a voltage threshold indicating the brakes have been applied, the BCM will apply battery voltage to the stop lamp control circuit and center high mounted stop lamp control circuit. When the control circuit is energized the stop lamps are illuminated.

Backup Lamps

When the transmission is placed in the reverse position, the engine control module (ECM) sends a serial data message to the BCM. The message indicates that the gear selector is in the reverse position. The BCM applies battery voltage to the backup lamps. The backup lamps are permanently grounded. Once the driver moves the gear selector out of the reverse position, a message is sent by the ECM via serial data requesting the BCM to remove battery voltage from the backup lamp control circuit.

Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power

To provide battery run down protection, the exterior lamps will be deactivated automatically under certain conditions. The BCM monitors the state of the headlamp switch. If the park or headlamp switch is ON when the ignition switch is placed in either the CRANK or RUN position and then placed in the OFF position, the BCM initiates a 10 minute timer. At the end of the 10 minutes, the BCM will turn OFF the control power output to the park and headlamp relay coils, deactivating the exterior lamps. This feature will be cancelled if any power mode other than OFF becomes active. The BCM will disable battery run down protection if any of the following conditions exist. The park or headlamp switch is placed in the ON to OFF position, and back to the ON position during battery run down protection. The BCM determined that the park or headlamp switch was not active when the ignition was turned OFF.

Interior Lamps

The interior lamps consist of 2 groups, those which can dim from the instrument panel cluster lamps dimmer switch and those that can not dim.

Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps

The following lamps may be manually turned ON by placing the interior lamp switch in the ON position, or by opening a door while the switch is in the AUTO position.

  1. The dome lamp
  2. The liftgate lamps
  3. Courtesy lamps

The courtesy lamp supply voltage circuit of the body control module (BCM) supplies battery positive voltage to the dome lamp, the liftgate lamps and courtesy lamps. When any door is opened, the door jamb switch contacts close providing a door open input to the BCM. The BCM then provides a B+ to the interior lamps with the switch in the AUTO position. The interior lamps receive a ground when the switch is in the ON position.

Note. If the liftgate is opened after all the modules go to sleep, the dome light will not come on. The liftgate ajar switch input to the BCM will not wake up the BCM once it has gone to sleep, so the dome light will not come on. Once the BCM gets an input to wake it up, from remote keyless entry or a door handle, the dome light will turn on when the liftgate is opened.

If the driver inadvertently leaves any interior lamp ON, the BCM will turn it OFF after a 20 min time-out.

The courtesy lamps will turn OFF immediately if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or approximately 20 s after all doors are closed.

Keyless Entry Interior Illumination

When the BCM receives a door unlock command from the remote keyless entry transmitter, the BCM will flash the park lamps several times, illuminate the courtesy and park lamps, and illuminate the low beam headlamps at low intensity. The lamps will remain on until the ignition key is turned from the OFF position, a keyless entry transmitter door lock command is received, or after an approximate 20 s delay.

Interior Lamps Dimming

This group includes lamps which may dim. This group may use a combination of vacuum fluorescent illumination, LEDs and incandescent lamps.

  1. HVAC control module, head assembly
  2. Rear HVAC control module, head assembly
  3. Radio
  4. Rear seat audio
  5. The instrument panel cluster
  6. The PRNDL lamp, with the exception of the current gear select position
  7. Power window switches
  8. Various switches

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the vacuum fluorescent display, radio, turns ON at maximum brightness. When the park lamps or low beams are ON, all incandescent back lighting turn ON at the dimming level indicated by the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch. At the same time all fluorescent display displays dim to match the indicated dimming level. When the headlamp switch is placed in the PARK or in HEADLAMPS position, the headlamp switch supplies an input signal to the BCM. The BCM then supplies voltage to the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch through the dimming control circuit. The setting of the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch determines the amount of voltage that the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch supplies to the BCM. The BCM then sends a PWM voltage to all the interior lamps. All the fluorescent display and incandescent back lighting lamps are provided a specific voltage.

Note. For vehicles which are equipped with automatic light function, the interior backlighting can only be dimmed when the ambient light sensor detects night conditions.

When the headlight switch is turned to the park lamp or headlamp position, all incandescent back lighting turn ON at the dimming level indicated by the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch. When the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch is moved from minimum to maximum, all fluorescent display displays, as well as all incandescent back lighting respond from minimum intensity to maximum brightness in response to the instrument panel cluster dimmer switch.

Inadvertent Power

The BCM used in this vehicle controls the lighting system through circuits that enable the interior lamps. The BCM opens these enabling circuits shortly after the ignition switch is turned OFF with no lamp switch activity. If the ignition switch is turned to any position other than OFF, or if a lamp switch is activated during this period, the timer will reset itself.

See also:
• Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
• Strategy Based Diagnosis
• Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
• COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
• Circuit Testing
• Connector Repairs
• Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
• Wiring Repairs
• Control Module References
• Diagnostic Repair Verification
• Radio Control Assembly Replacement
• Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement
• Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
• Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
• Trailer Connector/Provision Schematics
• Cruise Control Schematics
• Checking Aftermarket Accessories
• Brake Warning Indicator Malfunction
• Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Replacement
• Sunroof Switch Replacement
• Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Indicator Replacement
• Transmission Control Replacement
• Electronic Traction Control and Vehicle Stability Control Switch Replacement
• Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Equinox)
• Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Terrain)
• Fastener Caution
• Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
• Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Terrain)
• Halogen Bulb Warning
• Front Wheelhouse Front Panel Hole Cover Replacement (Terrain)
• Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
• Rear End Spoiler Replacement (Terrain)
• DTC B096A
• Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
• Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
• Fog Lamp Aiming (Equinox)